Patent Application
20230302142
The invention relates to DNA-binding units, such as DNA-alkylating units, comprising fused rings. In particular it relates to compounds comprising DNA-binding units, such as a G or A-alkylating unit (e.g., PBD, PDD, CBI or any other agent) linked via the A-ring to other aromatic units, and to pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, which are useful as medicaments, in particular as anti-proliferative agents.
The pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs) are a group of compounds some of which have been shown to be sequence-selective DNA minor-groove binding agents. The PBDs were originally discovered in Streptomyces species[4] They are tricyclic in nature, and are comprised of fused 6-7-5-membered rings and can be identified as an anthranilate (A ring), a diazepine (B ring) and a pyrrolidine (C ring)[4c] They are characterized by an electrophilic N10=C11 imine group (as shown below) or the hydrated equivalent, a carbinolamine [NH—CH(OH)], or a carbinolamine alkyl ether ([NH—CH(OR, where R=alkyl)] which can form a covalent bond to a C2-amino group of guanine in DNA to form a DNA adduct[5]. The natural products interact in the minor groove of the DNA helix with excellent fit (i.e., good “isohelicity”) due to a right-handed longitudinal twist induced by a chiral C11a-position which has the (S)-configuration[6].
The DNA adduct has been reported to inhibit a number of biological processes including the binding of transcription factors[7] [8] and the function of enzymes such as endonucleases[9] and RNA polymerase[10]. PBD monomers (e.g., anthramycin) have been shown by footprinting[6], NMR[11], molecular modeling[12] and X-ray crystallography[13] to span three base pairs and to have a thermodynamic preference for the sequence 5′-Pu-G-Pu-3′ (where Pu=purine, and G is the reacting guanine)[14] and a kinetic preference for the sequence 5′-Py-G-Py-3′.
PBDs are thought to interact with DNA by first locating at a low-energy binding sequence (i.e., a 5′-Pu-G-Pu-3′ triplet) through Van der Waals, hydrogen bonding and electrostatic interactions[7]. Then, once in place, a nucleophilic attack by the exocyclic C2-amino group of the central guanine occurs to form the covalent adduct[7]. Once bound, the PBD remains anchored in the DNA minor groove, avoiding DNA repair by causing negligible distortion of the DNA helix[13]. The ability of PBDs to form an adduct in the minor groove and crosslink DNA enables them to interfere with DNA processing and, hence, their potential for use as antiproliferative agents.
WO 2017/032983, WO 2013/164592 and WO 2017/223275 disclose PBD (6-7-5) and PDD (6-7-6) monomers linked to heterocyclic chains via their A-rings, all of which have been shown to act as cytotoxic agents in vitro and as anti-tumour agents in vivo in animal tumour models. Furthermore, the C8′-linked PBD dimer SJG-136 [15] has completed Phase I clinical trials for leukaemia and ovarian cancer[16] and has shown sufficient therapeutic benefit to progress to Phase II studies, and a number of PBD dimer-based antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) are in various stages of clinical trials. In addition to this, the indolinobenzodiazepine-based ADCs IMGN779 and IMGN632[17] have both progressed to Phase I and II studies.
The cyclopropylpyrroloindole (CPI) and 1-chloromethyl-5-hydroxy-1,2-dihydro-3H-benz[e]indole (seco-CBI) analogues are DNA minor-groove binders containing a cyclopropyl group or an analog, and they have been studied for their anti-cancer effects[21].
The present application reports PBDs, PDDs and other G-monoalkylating agents which are related to PBDs, along with CPI and related monoalkylating agents. The inventors have discovered that the incorporation of particular heterocyclic moieties in such monoalkylating agents provide favourable properties to promote efficient interaction with significant DNA sequences. The structures have been designed so that the substitutions do not interfere with DNA binding, thereby resulting in potent cytotoxicity and DNA-binding ability. When combined, these traits result in highly effective compounds. In particular, the inventors have observed that the positioning of particular moieties forming a sigma hole effect can induce different sequence selectivity to other known alkylating ADC payloads. Non-covalent binding to a guanine base requires the presence of a hydrogen bond acceptor group in a particular orientation with the DNA minor groove, and the compounds disclosed herein encourage this interaction.
The present invention seeks to overcome problem(s) associated with the prior art.
In a first aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I):
(T-X4)p-B1—X3-A-X2-L-X1-AM
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof;
RD is O—NHR19, O—NR19(t-butyloxy-carbonyl), P(O)(OH)2, O—NHSO2R19, O—C(═O)—NR26R27, O—NHC(O)C(CH3)3, O—NHCO2R19, NHCONH2, K1-RA,
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof as described herein, linked, either directly or indirectly, to a targeting agent to provide a targeting conjugate.
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof as described herein, linked to a linking group.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent, or excipient. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may further comprise one or more (e.g. two, three or four) further active agents.
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as described herein, for use as a medicament.
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as described herein, for use in a method of therapy.
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof as described herein, for use as a drug in an antibody-drug conjugate.
In certain aspects, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be used as a payload on a tumour-targeting agent (e.g., antibody, antibody fragment, hormone, etc.).
In a further aspect, there is provided a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as described herein, for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease, a bacterial infection, a parasitic infection and inflammation.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of treatment of a patient suffering from a proliferative disease, comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I).
In a further aspect, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially depending upon the condition to be treated.
Further particular and preferred aspects are set out in the accompanying independent and dependent claims. Features of the dependent claims may be combined with features of the independent claims as appropriate, and in combinations other than those explicitly set out in the claims.
The following abbreviations are used throughout the specification: Ac acetyl; Alloc allyloxycarbonyl; Boc tert-butoxycarbonyl; DHP dihydropyran; DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine; DMF dimethylformamide; EDCI 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylamino-propyl)carbodiimide; Et ethyl; Me methyl; Ph phenyl; Tf trifluoromethanesulfonate; TFA trifluoro-acetic acid; THF tetrahydrofuran and THP Tetrahydropyranyl acetal.
“Substituted”, when used in connection with a chemical substituent or moiety (e.g., an alkyl group), means that one or more hydrogen atoms of the substituent or moiety have been replaced with one or more non-hydrogen atoms or groups, provided that valence requirements are met and that a chemically stable compound results from the substitution.
“Optionally substituted” refers to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted with one or more substituents. Suitably, unless otherwise specified, when optional substituents are present the optional substituted parent group comprises from one to three optional substituents. Where a group may be “optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 groups”, this means that the group may be substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the optional substituents. Suitably, the group is substituted with 1, 2 or 3 of the optional substituents. Where a group is “optionally substituted with one or two optional substituents”, this means that the group may be substituted with 0, 1 or 2 of the optional substituents. Suitably, the group may be optionally substituted with 0 or 1 optional substituents. In some aspects, suitably the group is not optionally substituted. In other aspects, suitably the group is substituted with 1 of the optional substituents.
Optional substituents may be selected from C1-8 alkyl, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C1-12 alkoxy, C5-20 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-10 cycloalkenyl, C3-10 cycloalkynyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, C3-20 heteroaryl, acetal, acyl, acylamido, acyloxy, amidino, amido, amino, aminocarbonyloxy, azido, carboxy, cyano, ether, formyl, guanidino, halo, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydroxamic acid, hydroxyl, imidic acid, imino, ketal, nitro, nitroso, oxo, oxycarbonyl, oxycarboyloxy, sulfamino, sulfamyl, sulfate, sulfhydryl, sulfinamino, sulfinate, sulfino, sulfinyl, sulfinyloxy, sulfo, sulfonamido, sulfonamino, sulfonate, sulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, uredio groups. In some aspects, the optional substituents are 1, 2 or 3 optional substituents independently selected from OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-12 alkyl, RB and halogen. More suitably, the optional substituents are selected from OH, C1-8 alkyl and OC1-12 alkyl; more suitably, the optional substituents are selected from C1-8 alkyl and OC1-12 alkyl.
“Independently” or “Independently selected” is used in the context of statement that, for example, “each R16, R17, . . . is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, . . . ” and means that each instance of the functional group, e.g. R16, is selected from the listed options independently of any other instance of R16 or R17 in the compound. Hence, for example, H may be selected for the first instance of R16 in the compound; methyl may be selected for the next instance of R16 in the compound; and ethyl may be selected for the first instance of R17 in the compound.
C1-8 alkyl: refers to straight chain and branched saturated hydrocarbon groups, generally having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms; suitably a C1-7 alkyl; suitably a C1-6 alkyl; suitably a C1-5 alkyl; more suitably a C1-4 alkyl; more suitably a C1-3 alkyl. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, pent-1-yl, pent-2-yl, pent-3-yl, 3-methylbut-1-yl, 3-methylbut-2-yl, 2-methylbut-2-yl, 2,2,2-trimethyleth-1-yl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl and the like.
C1-8 haloalkyl: refers to straight chain and branched saturated hydrocarbon groups, generally having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms as discussed above for C1-8 alkyl group wherein at least one hydrogen is replaced by halo. Halo is preferably F, but may be Cl, Br or I. Examples of C1-8 haloalkyl include —CF3.
“Alkylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from an alkane which may be a straight chain or branched, as exemplified by —CH2CH2CH2CH2—. The alkylene may have the number of carbons as discussed above for alkyl groups.
The term “amino acid” refers to both the twenty “canonical” or “natural” amino acids, as well “non-canonical” amino acids, also referred to as “unnatural” amino acids, such as modified or synthetic amino acids, as well as amino acid analogs and amino acid mimetics that function similarly to naturally occurring amino acids. Naturally occurring amino acids are those encoded by the genetic code, i.e. they are amino acids selected from alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid, glycine, histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, proline, serine, threonine, tryptophan, tyrosine and valine. Modified amino acids include, e.g., hydroxyproline, γ-carboxyglutamate, and O-phosphoserine. Amino acid analogs refers to compounds that have the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid, e.g., an a carbon that is bound to a hydrogen, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an R group, e.g., homoserine, norleucine, methionine sulfoxide, methionine methyl sulfonium. Such analogs may have modified R groups (e.g., norleucine) or modified peptide backbones, but retain the same basic chemical structure as a naturally occurring amino acid. Amino acid mimetics refers to chemical compounds that have a structure that is different from the general chemical structure of an amino acid, but that functions similarly to a naturally occurring amino acid.
“C6-26 aralkyl” refers to an arylalkyl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms and comprising an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group. Suitably the alkyl group is a C1-6 alkyl group and the aryl group is phenyl. Examples of C6-26 aralkyl include benzyl and phenethyl. In some cases the C6-26 aralkyl group may be optionally substituted and an example of an optionally substituted C6-26 aralkyl group is 4-methoxylbenzyl.
“C5-20 Aryl”: refers to fully unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons having at least one aromatic ring and having a specified number of carbon atoms that comprise their ring members (e.g., C5-20 aryl refers to an aryl group having from 5 to 20 carbon atoms as ring members). The aryl group may be attached to a parent group or to a substrate at any ring atom and may include one or more non-hydrogen substituents unless such attachment or substitution would violate valence requirements. Suitably, a C6-14 aryl is selected from a C6-12 aryl, more suitably, a C6-10 aryl. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl.
“Arylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from an aryl group, e.g. —C6H4— which is the arylene derived from phenyl.
“C3-8 cycloalkyl” or “3- to 8-membered cycloalkyl” means a closed ring of carbon atoms having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 6 carbon atoms and encompasses, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and cyclooctyl.
“C3-8 cycloalkylene” or “3- to 8-membered cycloalkylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkyl group, e.g. —C6H10—.
“C3-8 cycloalkenylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a cycloalkenyl group, that is a carbocyclic group with one or more C═C, e.g. —C6H8—.
Halogen or halo: refers to a group selected from F, Cl, Br, and I. Suitably, the halogen or halo is F or Cl. In some aspects, suitably, the halogen is F. In other aspects, suitably the halogen is Cl.
“C5-10 heteroaryl” or “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl”: refers to unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic groups comprising from 5 to 10 ring atoms, whether carbon or heteroatoms, of which from 1 to 5 are ring heteroatoms. Suitably, any monocyclic heteroaryl ring has from 5 to 6 ring atoms and from 1 to 3 ring heteroatoms. Suitably each ring heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The bicyclic rings include fused ring systems and, in particular, include bicyclic groups in which a monocyclic heterocycle comprising 5 ring atoms is fused to a benzene ring. The heteroaryl group may be attached to a parent group or to a substrate at any ring atom and may include one or more non-hydrogen substituents unless such attachment or substitution would violate valence requirements or result in a chemically unstable compound.
Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
“heteroarylene” refers to a divalent radical derived from a heteroaryl group (such as those described above) as exemplified by pyridinyl —[C5H3N]—. Heteroarylenes may be monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring systems. Representative heteroarylenes, are not limited to, but may be selected from triazolylene, tetrazolylene, oxadiazolylene, pyridylene, furylene, benzofuranylene, thiophenylene, benzothiophenylene, quinolinylene, pyrrolylene, indolylene, oxazolylene, benzoxazolylene, imidazolylene, benzimidazolylene, thiazolylene, benzothiazolylene, isoxazolylene, pyrazolylene, isothiazolylene, pyridazinylene, pyrimidinylene, pyrazinylene, triazinylene, cinnolinylene, phthalazinylene, quinazolinylene, pyrimidylene, azepinylene, oxepinylene, and quinoxalinylene. Heteroarylenes are optionally substituted.
“C6-16 heteroarylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group substituted with a heteroaryl group. Suitably the alkyl is a C1-6 alkyl group and the heteroaryl group is C5-10 heteroaryl as defined above. Examples of C6-16 heteroarylalkyl groups include pyrrol-2-ylmethyl, pyrrol-3-ylmethyl, pyrrol-4-ylmethyl, pyrrol-3-ylethyl, pyrrol-4-ylethyl, imidazol-2-ylmethyl, imidazol-4-ylmethyl, imidazol-4-ylethyl, thiophen-3-ylmethyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, pyridin-2-ylmethyl, pyridin-2-ylethyl, thiazol-2-ylmethyl, thiazol-4-ylmethyl, thiazol-2-ylethyl, pyrimidin-2-ylpropyl, and the like.
“C3-20 heterocyclyl”: refers to saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic, bicyclic or polycyclic groups having ring atoms composed of 3 to 20 ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms, of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Suitably, each ring has from 3 to 8 ring atoms and from 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms (e.g., suitably C3-5 heterocyclyl refers to a heterocyclyl group having 3 to 5 ring atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms as ring members). The ring heteroatoms are independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur.
As with bicyclic cycloalkyl groups, bicyclic heterocyclyl groups may include isolated rings, spiro rings, fused rings, and bridged rings. The heterocyclyl group may be attached to a parent group or to a substrate at any ring atom and may include one or more non-hydrogen substituents unless such attachment or substitution would violate valence requirements or result in a chemically unstable compound.
Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
Examples of substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses, such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses, such as aliopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
“Nucleic acid”, refers to a linear polymer of nucleosides (including deoxyribo-nucleosides, ribonucleosides, or analogs thereof) joined by inter-nucleosidic linkages. Nucleic acid may encompass the term “polynucleotide” as well as “oligonucleotide”. The linear polymer may be represented by a sequence of letters, such as “ATGCCTG,” where it will be understood that the nucleotides are in 5′ to 3′ order from left to right and that “A” denotes deoxyadenosine, “C” denotes deoxycytidine, “G” denotes deoxyguanosine, and “T” denotes deoxythymidine, unless otherwise noted. Another natural nucleotide is “U”, denoting uridine. The letters A, C, G, T and U can be used to refer to the bases themselves, to nucleosides, or to nucleotides comprising the bases, as is standard in the art. In naturally occurring nucleic acids, the inter-nucleoside linkage is typically a phosphodiester bond, and the subunits are referred to as “nucleotides.” Nucleic acids may also include other inter-nucleoside linkages, such as phosphoro-thioate linkages, and the like. Such analogs of nucleotides that do not include a phosphate group are considered to fall within the scope of the term “nucleotid”” as used herein, and nucleic acids comprising one or more inter-nucleoside linkages that are not phosphodiester linkages are still referred to as “polynucleotides”, “oligonucleotides”, etc.
Nitrogen Protecting Groups
Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and are groups that block or protect the nitrogen groups from further reaction. Nitrogen protecting groups are exemplified by carbamates, such as methyl or ethyl carbamate, 9-fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl (Fmoc), substituted ethyl carbamates, carbamates cleaved by 1,6-beta-elimination, ureas, amides, peptides, alkyl and aryl derivatives. Carbamate protecting groups have the general formula:
In this specification a zig-zag line (or wavy line ) indicates the point of attachment of the shown group (e.g. the protecting group above) to the rest of the compound of formula (I). Suitable nitrogen protecting groups may be selected from acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butyloxy-carbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl (Fmoc).
A large number of possible carbamate nitrogen protecting groups are listed on pages 706 to 771 of Wuts, P. G. M. and Greene, T. W., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2007, and in P. Kocienski, Protective Groups, 3rd Edition (2005) which are incorporated herein by reference.
Particularly preferred protecting groups include Alloc (allyloxycarbonyl), Troc (2,2,2-Trichloroethyl carbonate), Teoc [2-(Trimethylsilyl)ethoxycarbony], BOC (tert-butyloxycarbonyl), Doc (2,4-dimethylpent-3-yloxycarbonyl), Hoc (cyclohexyloxy-carbonyl), TcBOC (2,2,2-trichloro-tert-butyloxycarbonyl), Fmoc (9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl), 1-Adoc (1-Adamantyloxycarbonyl) and 2-Adoc (2-adamantyloxycarbonyl).
Hydroxyl Protecting Groups
Hydroxyl protecting groups are well known in the art, a large number of suitable groups are described on pages 16 to 366 of Wuts, P. G. M. and Greene, T. W., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2007, and in P. Kocienski, Protective Groups, 3rd Edition (2005) which are incorporated herein by reference.
Classes of particular interest include silyl ethers, methyl ethers, alkyl ethers, benzyl ethers, esters, benzoates, carbonates, and sulfonates. Particularly preferred protecting groups include THP (tetrahydropyranyl ether).
t sAn “acceptor human framework” for the purposes herein is a framework comprising the amino acid sequence of a light chain variable domain (VL) framework or a heavy chain variable domain (VH) framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework, as defined below. An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain amino acid sequence changes. In some embodiments, the number of amino acid changes are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less. In some embodiments, the VL acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human immunoglobulin framework sequence or human consensus framework sequence.
“Affinity” refers to the strength of the sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, “binding affinity” refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1 interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd). Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art, including those described herein. Specific illustrative and exemplary embodiments for measuring binding affinity are described in the following.
An “affinity matured” antibody refers to an antibody with one or more alterations in one or more hypervariable regions (HVRs), compared to a parent antibody which does not possess such alterations, such alterations resulting in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen.
The term “antibody” is used herein in the broadest sense and encompasses various antibody structures, including but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), and antibody fragments so long as they exhibit the desired antigen-binding activity.
An “antibody fragment” refers to a molecule other than an intact antibody that comprises a portion of an intact antibody and that binds the antigen to which the intact antibody binds. Examples of antibody fragments include but are not limited to Fv, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)2; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules (e.g. scFv); and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
The term “chimeric” antibody refers to an antibody in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a particular source or species, while the remainder of the heavy and/or light chain is derived from a different source or species.
The “class” of an antibody refers to the type of constant domain or constant region possessed by its heavy chain. There are five major classes of antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgGi, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgAi, and IgA2. The heavy chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of immunoglobulins are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively.
The term “cytotoxic agent” as used herein refers to a substance that inhibits or prevents a cellular function and/or causes cell death or destruction. Cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, radioactive isotopes (e.g., At211, I131, I125, Y90, Re186, Re188, Sm153, Bi212, P32, Pb212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu); chemotherapeutic agents or drugs (e.g., methotrexate, adriamicin, vinca alkaloids (vincristine, vinblastine, etoposide), doxorubicin, melphalan, mitomycin C, chlorambucil, daunorubicin or other intercalating agents); growth inhibitory agents; enzymes and fragments thereof such as nucleolytic enzymes; antibiotics; toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments and/or variants thereof; and the various antitumor or anticancer agents disclosed below.
By “co-administering” is meant intravenously administering two (or more) drugs during the same administration, rather than sequential infusions of the two or more drugs. Generally, this will involve combining the two (or more) drugs into the same IV bag prior to co-administration thereof.
A drug that is administered “concurrently” with one or more other drugs is administered during the same treatment cycle, on the same day of treatment as the one or more other drugs, and, optionally, at the same time as the one or more other drugs. For instance, for cancer therapies given every 3 weeks, the concurrently administered drugs are each administered on day-1 of a 3-week cycle.
A “chemotherapeutic agent” refers to a chemical compound useful in the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and cyclosphosphamide (CYTOXAN®); alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (dronabinol, MARINOL®); beta-lapachone; lapachol; colchicines; betulinic acid; a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan (HYCAMTIN®), CPT-11 (irinotecan, CAMPTOSAR®), acetylcamptothecin, scopolectin, and 9-aminocamptothecin); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); podophyllotoxin; podophyllinic acid; teniposide; cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, chlorophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosoureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gamma1l and calicheamicin omegal1 (see, e.g., Nicolaou et al., Angew. Chem Intl. Ed. Engl., 33: 183-186 (1994)); CDP323, an oral alpha-4 integrin inhibitor; dynemicin, including dynemicin A; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycins, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, doxorubicin (including ADRIAMYCIN®, morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin, doxorubicin HCl liposome injection (DOXIL®), liposomal doxorubicin TLC D-99 (MYOCET®), peglylated liposomal doxorubicin (CAELYX®), and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, porfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate, gemcitabine (GEMZAR®), tegafur (UFTORAL®), capecitabine (XELODA®), an epothilone, and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elfornithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK® polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural Products, Eugene, OR); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofiran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2′-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine (ELDISINE®, FILDESIN®); dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (“Ara-C”); thiotepa; taxoid, e.g., paclitaxel (TAXOL®), albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of paclitaxel (ABRAXANE™), and docetaxel (TAXOTERE®); chloranbucil; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum agents such as cisplatin, oxaliplatin (e.g., ELOXATIN®), and carboplatin; vincas, which prevent tubulin polymerization from forming microtubules, including vinblastine (VELBAN®), vincristine (ONCOVIN®), vindesine (ELDISINE®, FILDESIN®), and vinorelbine (NAVELBINE®); etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; leucovorin; novantrone; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; ibandronate; topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethyl ornithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid, including bexarotene (TARGRETIN®); bisphosphonates such as clodronate (for example, BONEFOS® or OSTAC®), etidronate (DIDROCAL®), NE-58095, zoledronic acid/zoledronate (ZOMETA®), alendronate (FOSAMAX®), pamidronate (AREDIA®), tiludronate (SKELID®), or risedronate (ACTONEL®); troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine analog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those that inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in aberrant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf, H-Ras, and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); vaccines such as THERATOPE® vaccine and gene therapy vaccines, for example, ALLOVECTIN® vaccine, LEUVECTIN® vaccine, and VAXID® vaccine; topoisomerase 1 inhibitor (e.g., LURTOTECAN®); rmRH (e.g., ABARELIX®); BAY439006 (sorafenib; Bayer); SU-11248 (sunitinib, SUTENT®, Pfizer); perifosine, COX-2 inhibitor (e.g., celecoxib or etoricoxib), proteosome inhibitor (e.g., PS341); bortezomib (VELCADE®); CCI-779; tipifarnib (R11577); orafenib, ABT510; Bcl-2 inhibitor such as oblimersen sodium (GENASENSE®); pixantrone; EGFR inhibitors; tyrosine kinase inhibitors; serine-threonine kinase inhibitors such as rapamycin (sirolimus, RAPAMUNE®); farnesyltransferase inhibitors such as lonafarnib (SCH 6636, SARASAR™); and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above; as well as combinations of two or more of the above such as CHOP, an abbreviation for a combined therapy of cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisolone; and FOLFOX, an abbreviation for a treatment regimen with oxaliplatin (ELOXATIN™) combined with 5-FU and leucovorin.
Chemotherapeutic agents as defined herein include “anti-hormonal agents” or “endocrine therapeutics” which act to regulate, reduce, block, or inhibit the effects of hormones that can promote the growth of cancer. They may be hormones themselves, including, but not limited to: anti-estrogens with mixed agonist/antagonist profile, including, tamoxifen (NOLVADEX®), 4-hydroxytamoxifen, toremifene (FARESTON®), idoxifene, droloxifene, raloxifene (EVISTA®), trioxifene, keoxifene, and selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) such as SERM3; pure anti-estrogens without agonist properties, such as fulvestrant (FASLODEX®), and EM800 (such agents may block estrogen receptor (ER) dimerization, inhibit DNA binding, increase ER turnover, and/or suppress ER levels); aromatase inhibitors, including steroidal aromatase inhibitors such as formestane and exemestane (AROMASIN®), and nonsteroidal aromatase inhibitors such as anastrazole (ARFMIDEX®), letrozole (FEMARA®) and aminoglutethimide, and other aromatase inhibitors include vorozole (RIVISOR®), megestrol acetate (MEGASE®), fadrozole, and 4(5)-imidazoles; lutenizing hormone-releasing hormone agonists, including leuprolide (LUPRON® and ELIGARD®), goserelin, buserelin, and tripterelin; sex steroids, including progestines such as megestrol acetate and medroxyprogesterone acetate, estrogens such as diethylstilbestrol and premarin, and androgens/retinoids such as fluoxymesterone, all transretionic acid and fenretinide; onapristone; anti-progesterones; estrogen receptor down-regulators (ERDs); anti-androgens such as flutamide, nilutamide and bicalutamide; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above; as well as combinations of two or more of the above.
“Drug”, “drug substance”, “active pharmaceutical ingredient”, and the like, refer to a compound (e.g., compounds of Formula (I) and compounds specifically named above) that may be used for treating a subject in need of treatment.
“Effector functions” refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region of an antibody, which vary with the antibody isotype. Examples of antibody effector functions include: C1q binding and complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g. B cell receptor); and B cell activation.
The term “epitope” refers to the particular site on an antigen molecule to which an antibody binds.
The “epitope 4D5” or “4D5 epitope” or “4D5” is the region in the extracellular domain of HER2 to which the antibody 4D5 (ATCC CRL 10463) and trastuzumab bind. This epitope is close to the transmembrane domain of HER2, and within domain IV of HER2. To screen for antibodies which bind to the 4D5 epitope, a routine cross-blocking assay such as that described in Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Ed Harlow and David Lane (1988), can be performed. Alternatively, epitope mapping can be performed to assess whether the antibody binds to the 4D5 epitope of HER2 (e.g. any one or more residues in the region from about residue 550 to about residue 610, inclusive, of HER2 (SEQ ID NO: 39).
The “epitope 2C4” or “2C4 epitope” is the region in the extracellular domain of HER2 to which the antibody 2C4 binds. In order to screen for antibodies which bind to the 2C4 epitope, a routine cross-blocking assay such as that described in Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Ed Harlow and David Lane (1988), can be performed. Alternatively, epitope mapping can be performed to assess whether the antibody binds to the 2C4 epitope of HER2. Epitope 2C4 comprises residues from domain II in the extracellular domain of HER2. The 2C4 antibody and pertuzumab bind to the extracellular domain of HER2 at the junction of domains I, II and III (Franklin et al. Cancer Cell 5:317-328 (2004)). Anti-HER2 murine antibody 7C2 binds to an epitope in domain I of HER2. See, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO 98/17797. This epitope is distinct from the epitope bound by trastuzumab, which binds to domain IV of HER2, and the epitope bound by pertuzumab, which binds to domain II of HER2. By binding domain IV, trastuzumab disrupts ligand-independent HER2-HER3 complexes, thereby inhibiting downstream signaling (e.g. PI3K/AKT). In contrast, pertuzumab binding to domain II prevents ligand-driven HER2 interaction with other HER family members (e.g. HER3, HER1 or HER4), thus also preventing downstream signal transduction. Binding of MAb 7C2 to domain I does not result in interference of trastuzumab or pertuzumab binding to domains IV and II, respectively, thereby offering the potential of combining a MAb 7C2 ADC with trastuzumab, trastuzumab emtansine (T-DM-1), and/or pertuzumab. Murine antibody 7C2, 7C2.B9, is described in PCT Publication No. WO 98/17797. An anti-HER2 7C2 humanized antibody is disclosed in WO2016/040723 A1.
“Excipient” refers to any substance that may influence the bioavailability of a drug, but is otherwise pharmacologically inactive.
The term “Fe region” herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain that contains at least a portion of the constant region. The term includes native sequence Fc regions and variant Fc regions. In one embodiment, a human IgG heavy chain Fe region extends from Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus of the heavy chain. However, the C-terminal lysine (Lys447) of the Fe region may or may not be present. Unless otherwise specified herein, numbering of amino acid residues in the Fc region or constant region is according to the EU numbering system, also called the EU index, as described in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, M D, 1991.
“Framework” or “FR” refers to variable domain residues other than hypervariable region (HVR) residues. The FR of a variable domain generally consists of four FR domains: FR1, FR2, FR3, and FR4. Accordingly, the HVR and FR sequences generally appear in the following sequence in VH (or VL): FR1-H1(L1)-FR2-H2(L2)-FR3-H3(L3)-FR4.
The terms “full length antibody,” “intact antibody,” and “whole antibody” are used herein interchangeably to refer to an antibody having a structure substantially similar to a native antibody structure or having heavy chains that contain an Fc region as defined herein.
The terms “host cell,” “host cell line,” and “host cell culture” are used interchangeably and refer to cells into which exogenous nucleic acid has been introduced, including the progeny of such cells. Host cells include “transformants” and “transformed cells,” which include the primary transformed cell and progeny derived therefrom without regard to the number of passages. Progeny may not be completely identical in nucleic acid content to a parent cell, but may contain mutations. Mutant progeny that have the same function or biological activity as screened or selected for in the originally transformed cell are included herein.
A “human antibody” is one which possesses an amino acid sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a human or a human cell or derived from a non-human source that utilizes human antibody repertoires or other human antibody-encoding sequences. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
A “human consensus framework” is a framework which represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, NIH Publication 91-3242, Bethesda MD (1991), vols. 1-3. In one embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in Kabat et al., supra. In one embodiment, for the VH, the subgroup is subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.
A “humanized” antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising amino acid residues from non-human HVRs and amino acid residues from human FRs. In certain embodiments, a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the HVRs (e.g., CDRs) correspond to those of a non-human antibody, and all or substantially all of the FRs correspond to those of a human antibody. A humanized antibody optionally may comprise at least a portion of an antibody constant region derived from a human antibody. A “humanized form” of an antibody, e.g., a non-human antibody, refers to an antibody that has undergone humanization.
The term “hypervariable region” or “HVR,” as used herein, refers to each of the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops (“hypervariable loops”). Generally, native four-chain antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). HVRs generally comprise amino acid residues from the hypervariable loops and/or from the “complementarity determining regions” (CDRs), the latter being of highest sequence variability and/or involved in antigen recognition. Exemplary hypervariable loops occur at amino acid residues 26-32 (L1), 50-52 (L2), 91-96 (L3), 26-32 (H1), 53-55 (H2), and 96-101 (H3). (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987).) Exemplary CDRs (CDR-L1, CDR-L2, CDR-L3, CDR-H1, CDR-H2, and CDR-H3) occur at amino acid residues 24-34 of L1, 50-56 of L2, 89-97 of L3, 31-35B of H1, 50-65 of H2, and 95-102 of H3. (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD (1991).) With the exception of CDR1 in VH, CDRs generally comprise the amino acid residues that form the hypervariable loops. CDRs also comprise “specificity determining residues,” or “SDRs,” which are residues that contact antigen. SDRs are contained within regions of the CDRs called abbreviated-CDRs, or a-CDRs. Exemplary a-CDRs (a-CDR-L1, a-CDR-L2, a-CDR-L3, a-CDR-H1, a-CDR-H2, and a-CDR-H3) occur at amino acid residues 31-34 of LI, 50-55 of L2, 89-96 of L3, 31-35B of HI, 50-58 of H2, and 95-102 of H3. (See Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13: 1619-1633 (2008).) Unless otherwise indicated, HVR residues and other residues in the variable domain (e.g., FR residues) are numbered herein according to Kabat et al., supra.
An “immunoconjugate” is an antibody conjugated to one or more heterologous molecule(s), including but not limited to a cytotoxic agent.
The term “immunosuppressive agent” as used herein for adjunct therapy refers to substances that act to suppress or mask the immune system of the mammal being treated herein. This would include substances that suppress cytokine production, down-regulate or suppress self-antigen expression, or mask the MHC antigens. Examples of such agents include 2-amino-6-aryl-5-substituted pyrimidines (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,65,077); non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs); ganciclovir, tacrolimus, glucocorticoids such as cortisol or aldosterone, anti-inflammatory agents such as a cyclooxygenase inhibitor, a 5-lipoxygenase inhibitor, or a leukotriene receptor antagonist; purine antagonists such as azathioprine or mycophenolate mofetil (MMF); alkylating agents such as cyclophosphamide; bromocryptine; danazol; dapsone; glutaraldehyde (which masks the MHC antigens, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,120,649); anti-idiotypic antibodies for MHC antigens and MHC fragments; cyclosporin A; steroids such as corticosteroids or glucocorticosteroids or glucocorticoid analogs, e.g., prednisone, methylprednisolone, including SOLU-MEDROL® methylprednisolone sodium succinate, and dexamethasone; dihydrofolate reductase inhibitors such as methotrexate (oral or subcutaneous); anti-malarial agents such as chloroquine and hydroxychloroquine; sulfasalazine; leflunomide; cytokine or cytokine receptor antibodies including anti-interferon-alpha, -beta, or -gamma antibodies, antitumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha antibodies (infliximab (REMICADE®) or adalimumab), anti-TNF-alpha immunoadhesin (etanercept), anti-TNF-beta antibodies, anti-interleukin-2 (IL-2) antibodies and anti-IL-2 receptor antibodies, and anti-interleukin-6 (IL-6) receptor antibodies and antagonists (such as ACTEMRA™ (tocilizumab)); anti-LFA-1 antibodies, including anti-CD11a and anti-CD18 antibodies; anti-L3T4 antibodies; heterologous anti-lymphocyte globulin; pan-T antibodies, preferably anti-CD3 or anti-CD4/CD4a antibodies; soluble peptide containing a LFA-3 binding domain (WO 90/08187); streptokinase; transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta); streptodornase; RNA or DNA from the host; FK506; RS-61443; chlorambucil; deoxyspergualin; rapamycin; T-cell receptor (Cohen et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,114,721); T-cell receptor fragments (Offner et al, Science, 251: 430-432 (1991); WO 90/11294; Ianeway, Nature, 341: 482 (1989); and WO 91/01133); BAFF antagonists such as BAFF antibodies and BR3 antibodies and zTNF4 antagonists (for review, see Mackay and Mackay, Trends Immunol, 23: 113-5 (2002) and see also definition below); biologic agents that interfere with T cell helper signals, such as anti-CD40 receptor or anti-CD40 ligand (CD 154), including blocking antibodies to CD40-CD40 ligand (e.g., Durie et al, Science, 261:1328-30 (1993); Mohan et al, J. Immunol, 154: 1470-80 (1995)) and CTLA4-Ig (Finck et al, Science, 265: 1225-7 (1994)); and T-cell receptor antibodies (EP 340,109) such as T10B9. Some preferred immunosuppressive agents herein include cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, azathioprine, leflunomide, MMF, or methotrexate.
An “isolated antibody” is one which has been separated from a component of its natural environment. In some embodiments, an antibody is purified to greater than 95% or 99% purity as determined by, for example, electrophoretic (e.g., SDS-PAGE, isoelectric focusing (IEF), capillary electrophoresis) or chromatographic (e.g., ion exchange or reverse phase HPLC). For review of methods for assessment of antibody purity, see, e.g., Flatman et al., J. Chromatogr. B 848:79-87 (2007).
An “isolated nucleic acid” refers to a nucleic acid molecule that has been separated from a component of its natural environment. An isolated nucleic acid includes a nucleic acid molecule contained in cells that ordinarily contain the nucleic acid molecule, but the nucleic acid molecule is present extrachromosomally or at a chromosomal location that is different from its natural chromosomal location.
“Isolated nucleic acid encoding an antibody” refers to one or more nucleic acid molecules encoding antibody heavy and light chains (or fragments thereof), including such nucleic acid molecule(s) in a single vector or separate vectors, and such nucleic acid molecule(s) present at one or more locations in a host cell.
The term “HER2,” as used herein, refers to any native, mature HER2 which results from processing of a HER2 precursor protein in a cell. The term includes HER2 from any vertebrate source, including mammals such as primates (e.g. humans and cynomolgus monkeys) and rodents (e.g., mice and rats), unless otherwise indicated. The term also includes naturally occurring variants of HER2, e.g., splice variants or allelic variants. The amino acid sequence of an exemplary human HER2 precursor protein, with signal sequence (with signal sequence, amino acids 1-22) is shown in SEQ ID NO: 64. The amino acid sequence of an exemplary mature human HER2 is amino acids 23-1255 of SEQ ID NO: 64.
The term “HER2-positive cell” refers to a cell that expresses HER2 on its surface. The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variant antibodies, e.g., containing naturally occurring mutations or arising during production of a monoclonal antibody preparation, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations, which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody of a monoclonal antibody preparation is directed against a single determinant on an antigen. Thus, the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including but not limited to the hybridoma method, recombinant DNA methods, phage-display methods, and methods utilizing transgenic animals containing all or part of the human immunoglobulin loci, such methods and other exemplary methods for making monoclonal antibodies being described herein.
A “naked antibody” refers to an antibody that is not conjugated to a heterologous moiety (e.g., a cytotoxic moiety) or radiolabel. The naked antibody may be present in a pharmaceutical formulation.
“Native antibodies” refer to naturally occurring immunoglobulin molecules with varying structures. For example, native IgG antibodies are heterotetrameric glycoproteins of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light chains and two identical heavy chains that are disulfide-bonded. From N- to C-terminus, each heavy chain has a variable region (VH), also called a variable heavy domain or a heavy chain variable domain, followed by three constant domains (CHI, CH2, and CH3). Similarly, from N- to C-terminus, each light chain has a variable region (VL), also called a variable light domain or a light chain variable domain, followed by a constant light (CL) domain. The light chain of an antibody may be assigned to one of two types, called kappa (κ) and lambda (λ), based on the amino acid sequence of its constant domain.
“Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity” with respect to a reference polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with the amino acid residues in the reference polypeptide sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for aligning sequences, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, % amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2. The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by Genentech, Inc., and the source code has been filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office, Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright Registration No. TXU5100 87. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly available from Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, California, or may be compiled from the source code. The ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating system, including digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence B) is calculated as follows:
100 times the fraction X/Y
where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A. Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer program
The term “PD-1 axis binding antagonist” refers to a molecule that inhibits the interaction of a PD-1 axis binding partner with either one or more of its binding partner, so as to remove T-cell dysfunction resulting from signaling on the PD-1 signaling axis—with a result being to restore or enhance T-cell function (e.g., proliferation, cytokine production, target cell killing). As used herein, a PD-1 axis binding antagonist includes a PD-1 binding antagonist, a PD-L1 binding antagonist and a PD-L2 binding antagonist.
The term “PD-1 binding antagonist” refers to a molecule that decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-1 with one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-L1, PD-L2. In some embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-1 to one or more of its binding partners. In a specific aspect, the PD-1 binding antagonist inhibits the binding of PD-1 to PD-L1 and/or PD-L2. For example, PD-1 binding antagonists include anti-PD-1 antibodies, antigen binding fragments thereof, immunoadhesins, fusion proteins, oligopeptides and other molecules that decrease, block, inhibit, abrogate or interfere with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-1 with PD-L1 and/or PD-L2. In one embodiment, a PD-1 binding antagonist reduces the negative co-stimulatory signal mediated by or through cell surface proteins expressed on T lymphocytes mediated signaling through PD-1 so as render a dysfunctional T-cell less dysfunctional (e.g., enhancing effector responses to antigen recognition). In some embodiments, the PD-1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-1 antibody. In a specific aspect, a PD-1 binding antagonist is MDX-1106 (nivolumab) described herein. In another specific aspect, a PD-1 binding antagonist is MK-3475 (lambrolizumab) described herein. In another specific aspect, a PD-1 binding antagonist is CT-01 1 (pidilizumab) described herein. In another specific aspect, a PD-1 binding antagonist is AMP-224 described herein.
The term “PD-L1 binding antagonist” refers to a molecule that decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L1 with either one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1, B7-1. In some embodiments, a PD-L1 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-L1 to its binding partners. In a specific aspect, the PD-L1 binding antagonist inhibits binding of PD-L1 to PD-1 and/or B7-1. In some embodiments, the PD-L1 binding antagonists include anti-PD-L1 antibodies, antigen binding fragments thereof, immunoadhesins, fusion proteins, oligopeptides and other molecules that decrease, block, inhibit, abrogate or interfere with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L1 with one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1, B7-1. In one embodiment, a PD-L1 binding antagonist reduces the negative co-stimulatory signal mediated by or through cell surface proteins expressed on T lymphocytes mediated signalling through PD-L1 so as to render a dysfunctional T-cell less dysfunctional (e.g., enhancing effector responses to antigen recognition). In some embodiments, a PD-L1 binding antagonist is an anti-PD-L1 antibody. In a specific aspect, an anti-PD-L1 antibody is YW243.55. S70 described herein. In another specific aspect, an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MDX-1105 described herein. In still another specific aspect, an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MPDL3280A described herein. In still another specific aspect, an anti-PD-L1 antibody is MEDI4736 described herein.
The term “PD-L2 binding antagonist” refers to a molecule that decreases, blocks, inhibits, abrogates or interferes with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L2 with either one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1. In some embodiments, a PD-L2 binding antagonist is a molecule that inhibits the binding of PD-L2 to one or more of its binding partners. In a specific aspect, the PD-L2 binding antagonist inhibits binding of PD-L2 to PD-1. In some embodiments, the PD-L2 antagonists include anti-PD-L2 antibodies, antigen binding fragments thereof, immunoadhesins, fusion proteins, oligopeptides and other molecules that decrease, block, inhibit, abrogate or interfere with signal transduction resulting from the interaction of PD-L2 with either one or more of its binding partners, such as PD-1. In one embodiment, a PD-L2 binding antagonist reduces the negative co-stimulatory signal mediated by or through cell surface proteins expressed on T lymphocytes mediated signaling through PD-L2 so as render a dysfunctional T-cell less dysfunctional (e.g., enhancing effector responses to antigen recognition). In some embodiments, a PD-L2 binding antagonist is an immunoadhesin.
A “fixed” or “flat” dose of a therapeutic agent herein refers to a dose that is administered to a human patient without regard for the weight (WT) or body surface area (BSA) of the patient. The fixed or flat dose is therefore not provided as a mg/kg dose or a mg/m2 dose, but rather as an absolute amount of the therapeutic agent.
A “loading” dose herein generally comprises an initial dose of a therapeutic agent administered to a patient, and is followed by one or more maintenance dose(s) thereof. Generally, a single loading dose is administered, but multiple loading doses are contemplated herein. Usually, the amount of loading dose(s) administered exceeds the amount of the maintenance dose(s) administered and/or the loading dose(s) are administered more frequently than the maintenance dose(s), so as to achieve the desired steady-state concentration of the therapeutic agent earlier than can be achieved with the maintenance dose(s).
A “maintenance” dose herein refers to one or more doses of a therapeutic agent administered to the patient over a treatment period. Usually, the maintenance doses are administered at spaced treatment intervals, such as approximately every week, approximately every 2 weeks, approximately every 3 weeks, or approximately every 4 weeks, preferably every 3 weeks.
“Infusion” or “infusing” refers to the introduction of a drug-containing solution into the body through a vein for therapeutic purposes. Generally, this is achieved via an intravenous (IV) bag.
An “intravenous bag” or “IV bag” is a bag that can hold a solution which can be administered via the vein of a patient. In one embodiment, the solution is a saline solution (e.g. about 0.9% or about 0.45% NaCl). Optionally, the IV bag is formed from polyolefin or polyvinyl chloride.
The term “variable region” or “variable domain” refers to the domain of an antibody heavy or light chain that is involved in binding the antibody to antigen. The variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain (VH and VL, respectively) of a native antibody generally have similar structures, with each domain comprising four conserved framework regions (FRs) and three hypervariable regions (HVRs). (See, e.g., Kindt et al. Kuby Immunology, 6th ed., W.H. Freeman and Co., page 91 (2007).) A single VH or VL domain may be sufficient to confer antigen-binding specificity. Furthermore, antibodies that bind a particular antigen may be isolated using a VH or VL domain from an antibody that binds the antigen to screen a library of complementary VL or VH domains, respectively. See, e.g., Portolano et al., J. Immunol. 150:880-887 (1993); Clarkson et al., Nature 352:624-628 (1991).
The term “vector,” as used herein, refers to a nucleic acid molecule capable of propagating another nucleic acid to which it is linked. The term includes the vector as a self-replicating nucleic acid structure as well as the vector incorporated into the genome of a host cell into which it has been introduced. Certain vectors are capable of directing the expression of nucleic acids to which they are operatively linked. Such vectors are referred to herein as “expression vectors.”
A “free cysteine amino acid” refers to a cysteine amino acid residue which has been engineered into a parent antibody, has a thiol functional group (—SH), and is not paired as an intramolecular or intermolecular disulfide bridge.
The term “or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof” means that pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, tautomeric, stereoisomeric forms of the shown structure are also included. Mixtures thereof means that mixture of these forms may be present, for example, the compounds of the invention may include both a tautomeric form and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
“Pharmaceutically acceptable” substances refers to those substances which are within the scope of sound medical judgment suitable for use in contact with the tissues of subjects without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit-to-risk ratio, and effective for their intended use.
“Pharmaceutical composition” refers to the combination of one or more drug substances and one or more excipients.
A “sigma hole group” is a group comprising a sigma hole which is an electron-deficient region that arises from the anisotropic distribution of electron density on the atom of group 14 (tetrels), 15 (pnictogens), 16 (chalcogens), and 17 (halogens) when one of its orbitals is involved in a sigma bond with a different atom (i.e., carbon). Through this electron-deficient region, an atom can electrostatically interact with more electron rich elements, such as a lone pair of a Lewis base or an anion.
As used herein, “solvate” refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute (e.g. formulas (1)-(1) (A), (B), (C), (D), or any other compound herein or a salt thereof) and a solvent. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates may be formed for crystalline compounds wherein solvent molecules are incorporated into the crystalline lattice during crystallization. The incorporated solvent molecules can be water molecules or non-aqueous molecules, such as but not limited to, ethanol, isopropanol, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetic acid, ethanolamine, and ethyl acetate molecules.
The term “subject” as used herein refers to a human or non-human mammal. Examples of non-human mammals include livestock animals such as sheep, horses, cows, pigs, goats, rabbits and deer; and companion animals such as cats, dogs, rodents, and horses.
“Therapeutically effective amount” of a drug refers to the quantity of the drug or composition that is effective in treating a subject and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect. The therapeutically effective amount may depend on the weight and age of the subject and the route of administration, among other things.
“Treating” refers to reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing a disorder, disease or condition to which such term applies, or to reversing, alleviating, inhibiting the progress of, or preventing one or more symptoms of such disorder, disease or condition.
“Treatment” refers to the act of “treating”, as defined immediately above.
As used herein the term “comprising” means “including at least in part of” and is meant to be inclusive or open ended. When interpreting each statement in this specification that includes the term “comprising”, features, elements and/or steps other than that or those prefaced by the term may also be present. Related terms such as “comprise” and “comprises” are to be interpreted in the same manner.
The term “consisting essentially of” limits the scope of a claim to the specified materials or steps “and those that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s)” of the claimed invention. When the phrase “consisting essentially of” appears in a clause of the body of a claim, rather than immediately following the preamble, it limits only the element set forth in that clause.
The term “consisting of” excludes any element, step, or ingredient not specified in the claim; “consisting of” defined as “closing the claim to the inclusion of materials other than those recited except for impurities ordinarily associated therewith. When the phrase “consists of” appears in a clause of the body of a claim, rather than immediately following the preamble, it limits only the element set forth in that clause; other elements are not excluded from the claim as a whole. It should be understood that while various embodiments in the specification are presented using “comprising” language, under various circumstances, a related embodiment is also described using “consisting essentially of” or “consisting of” language.
Sigma Hole Group
Each sigma hole group is independently:
In some aspects, suitably each sigma hole group is independently (SH1), (SH2), (SH3), (SH4), (SH5), (SH6) or (SH7).
Structures (SH1) to (SH10) are drawn without specifying the position where the sigma hole group is attached to the rest of the molecule. Hence, the bond shown in the Y6 ring of (SH10) may be attached on the Y6 ring or on the benzofused ring, for example see (SH10a) and (SH10b) below:
For the structures (SH1) to (SH10), each ring H of a sigma hole group may be independently replaced with OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen. For example, for (SH1) a ring H on the X5 containing ring may be replaced with a C1-8 alkyl, such as a methyl group, as shown for structure (SH1a) below:
In some aspects, suitably one ring H of a sigma hole group is replaced with RB, and any other ring H of a sigma hole group may be replaced with OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably each ring H of a sigma hole group may be independently replaced with OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, only one ring H of a sigma hole group may be replaced with OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In some aspects, only one ring H of a sigma hole group is replaced.
In other aspects, no ring H of a sigma hole group is replaced.
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently:
each R28, R′28, R″28, R′″28, R29, R′29, R″29, R′″29 or R″″29 is independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently (SH11), (SH12), (SH13), (SH14), (SH15), (SH16) or (SH17).
Suitably, each (SH1) is independently:
More suitably, each sigma hole group or each (SH1) is (SH21).
Suitably, each (SH2) is independently:
Suitably, each sigma hole group or each (SH2) is (SH24).
Suitably, each (SH4) is independently:
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently (SH21), (SH22), (SH23), (SH24), (SH25), (SH26), (SH3), (SH27), (SH28), (SH5), (SH6) or (SH7).
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently (SH1) or (SH2). More suitably, each sigma hole group is independently (SH21) or (SH24).
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently:
Suitably, each sigma hole group is independently:
More suitably, each sigma hole group is (SH32).
In some aspects, both represents where the sigma hole group is attached to the rest of the molecule.
In other aspects, the sigma hole group is a terminal group and one of the represents where the compound is attached to the rest of the molecule and the other
is RT which is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
AM
In some aspects, AM is:
Suitably AM1 is AM1.1.
Suitably AM, AM1 or AM1.1 is:
Suitably AM, AM1, AM1.1 or AM1.2 is:
In some aspects, AM is
The ring Y1 in (AM2) and (AM3) is an aromatic ring and because of the limitations on the substituents is either a 6-membered aryl ring (when r is 1) or is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring (when r is 0).
Thus, when r is 1, AM is:
When r is 0, AM is
Suitably, AM is:
In some aspects, for (AM2.6), (AM2.7), (AM2.8), (AM2.9), (AM2.11), (AM2.12), (AM2.13), (AM2.15), (AM2.16), (AM3.2), (AM3.3) or (AM3.4) R10 is CH3. More suitably, in other aspects, for (AM2.6), (AM2.7), (AM2.8), (AM2.9), (AM2.11), (AM2.12), (AM2.13), (AM2.15), (AM2.16), (AM3.2), (AM3.3) or (AM3.4) R10 is CH2-halogen.
Suitably, AM is:
In some aspects, suitably AM is:
and Y5 is C—OH or C—RD.
Dotted Lines
In one aspect, suitably the dotted lines from Z1 to Z2 and from Z3 to Z4 are double bonds and the remaining dotted line is a single bond. In another aspect, suitably, one of the dotted lines from Z1 to Z2, Z2 to Z3, or Z3 to Z4 is a double bond and the remaining dotted lines are single bonds, in this aspect, most suitably the bond from Z2 to Z3 is a double bond. In another aspect, suitably, all of the dotted lines from Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are single bonds.
Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4
Suitably, zero, one, two or three of Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are O. More suitably, zero or one of Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are O.
In one aspect, suitably, one, two or three of Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are O.
More, suitably only one of Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 is O. Hence, the AM group is:
Most suitably, Z1 is C—R5 or CH—R5; Z2 is C—R6 or CH—R6; Z3 is C—R7 or CH—R7; and Z4 is C—R8 or CH—R8, hence, the AM group is (AM1.1).
More suitably, Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 are CH or CH2.
Z5
Suitably, Z5 is S, O, NH, N—CH3 or N—CH2CH3.
In some aspects, Z5 is S.
In other aspects, Z5 is O.
In other aspects, Z5 is NH.
In other aspects, Z5 is N—(C1-8 alkyl). Suitably, Z5 is N—CH3 or N—CH2CH3. More suitably, Z5 is N—CH3.
Z6
In some aspects, Z6 is CH.
In other aspects, Z6 is N.
Z7, Z8 and Z9
Suitably one of Z7, Z8 and Z9 is NH, N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, S or O; and the remaining of Z7, Z8 and Z9 are independently, N, CH, C—OH, C—CH3, C—CH2CH3, C—RB or C-halogen.
In some aspects, suitably, Z7 is NH, N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, S or O; and Z8 and Z9 are independently N, CH, C—OH, C—CH3, C—CH2CH3, C—RB or C-halogen. Suitably, in such aspects, Z7 is N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, S or O; and Z8 and Z9 are independently N or CH.
In other aspects, suitably, Z9 is NH, N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, S or O; and Z7 and Z8 are independently N, CH, C—OH, C—CH3, C—CH2CH3, C—RB or C-halogen. Suitably, in such aspects, Z9 is N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, S or O; and Z7 and Z8 are independently N or CH.
R1 and R2
Option (iii)
In some aspects, (iii) R1 is ═O; and R2 is H. Suitably, in such aspects R4 is O and AM is a dilactam with the following structure:
Suitably, (iii), R1 is SO3H and R2 is H. In some aspects, R1 is SO3H and the compound of formula (I) is a salt thereof. Suitably, in this aspect, R1 is SO3H and the compound of formula (I) is an alkali metal salt thereof (AM)+; hence, in this aspect, R1 may be written as SO3−(AM)+. Suitably, R1 is SO3H and the compound of formula (I) is an alkali metal salt thereof chosen from Li+, Na+ and K+. More suitably, R1 is SO3H and the compound of formula (I) is a Na+ salt thereof; hence, in this aspect, R1 may be written as SO3−Na+.
Option (ii)
In some aspects, (ii) R1 is H; and R2 is H, a nitrogen protecting group or K1-RA. In such aspects, suitably (ii) R1 is H; and R2 is H; this makes the nitrogen with the R2 substituent a secondary amine.
More suitably, in other aspects (ii) R1 is OH or OC1-8 alkyl; and R2 is H, a nitrogen protecting group or K1-RA.
More suitably, for option (ii) R1 is OH, OCH3 or OCH2CH3. More suitably, in some aspects R1 is OH. More suitably, in other aspects R1 is OCH3 or OCH2CH3, more suitably, R1 is OCH3.
More suitably, for option (ii) R2 is H, acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butyloxy-carbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), 9-fluorenylmethyloxy-carbonyl (Fmoc) or K1-RA. More suitably, for option (ii) R2 is H or K1-RA. More suitably, in some aspects for option (ii) R2 is H. More suitably, in other aspects for option (ii) R2 is K1-RA.
Option (i)
Most suitably, (i) R1 and R2 together form a double bond.
R3
Suitably R3 is selected from H, C1-5 alkyl and CH2Ph. Suitably R3 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl or CH2Ph.
More suitably R3 is methyl or ethyl.
Most suitably R3 is methyl.
R4
Suitably, R4 is S. Most suitably, R4 is O.
R5, R6, R7 and R8
R5, R6, R7 and R8 are not always present in the compound of formula (I), i.e. if any of Z1, Z2, Z3 or Z4 are O. Suitably, at least one of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are present in the compound of formula (I). Suitably, at least two of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are present. More suitably, at least three of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are present. Most suitably, all of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are present.
Option (a)
Suitably, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are: (a) each independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen; with the proviso that no more than one (i.e. 0 or 1) of R5, R6, R7 and R8 is RB. Suitably, one of R5, R6, R7 and R8 is RB
Suitably, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are: (a) each independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; Suitably, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are: (a) each independently H, OH, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl.
Suitably, at least one of R5, R6, R7 and R8 is H; suitably, at least two of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are H; suitably, at least three of R5, R6, R7 and R8 are H; suitably, R5=R6=R7=R8=H.
Option (b)
For option (b) one of R5 and R6; or R6 and R7; or R7 and R8 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a 6-membered aryl ring, or a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring such that AM is
Option (c)
For option (c) the C-ring contains an RC group such that the AM group is:
Suitably, for option (c) the AM group is:
In some aspects, for option (c), RC is ═C(R23)(R24), such that AM is:
Suitably, in this aspect AM is (AM1.28).
In another aspect for option (c) q is 0; R4 is O; Z2 is CH2; Z3 is ═C(R23)(R24); and Z4 is CH2 and AM is:
In another aspect for option (c) R4 is O; Z2 is CH2; Z3 is ═C(R23)(R24); and Z4 is CH2 and AM is:
In some aspects for options (a), (b) or (c) one the remaining R5, R6, R7 and R8 (that does not form a ring or that is not RC) is RA and the other remaining R5, R6, R7 and R8 are independently selected from H, C1-12 alkyl and OC1-12 alkyl; more suitably, the other remaining groups are H.
Suitably, R9 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br and I. More suitably, R9 is selected from H and Cl. Most suitably, R9 is H.
R10 and R11
Suitably, in some aspects, R10 is CH3 and R11 is H or is absent.
Suitably, R10 and R11 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a cyclopropyl ring.
More suitably, in some aspects, R10 is CH2-halogen and R11 is H or is absent. Suitably in these aspects R10 is CH2—F, CH2—Cl, CH2—Br or CH2—I. More suitably, R10 is CH2—C1 or CH2—Br. Most suitably, R10 is CH2—Cl.
R12, R13, R14 and R15
In one aspect, suitably R12 is RB.
In another aspect, suitably R12 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably R12 is H, OH, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl; suitably R12 is H, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl. More suitably, R12 is H.
In one aspect, suitably R13 is RB.
In another aspect, suitably R13 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably R13 is H, OH, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl; suitably R13 is H, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl. More suitably, R13 is H.
In one aspect, suitably R14 is RB.
In another aspect, suitably R14 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably R14 is H, OH, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl; suitably R14 is H, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl. More suitably, R14 is H.
In one aspect, suitably R15 is RB.
In another aspect, suitably R15 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably R15 is H, OH, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl; suitably R15 is H, methyl, ethyl, O-methyl or O-ethyl. More suitably, R15 is H.
Suitably, R12, R13, R14 and R15 are each independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen; with the proviso that no more than one (i.e. 0 or 1) of R12, R13, R14 and R15 is RB. Suitably, one of R12, R13, R14 and R15 is RB
Suitably, at least one of R12, R13, R14 and R15 is H; suitably, at least two of R12, R13, R14 and R15 are H; suitably, at least three of R12, R13, R14 and R15 are H; suitably, R12=R13=R14=R15=H.
In the aspects where one of R12 and R13, R13 and R14, or R14 and R15 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 6-membered aryl, or a 5- or 6-membered cyclic, heterocyclic, or heteroaryl ring results in a 3- or 4-fused ring system. For example, where AM is (AM2) and R13 and R14 together carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted 6-membered aryl ring, and where Y1 is C—R12 and Y4 is C—R15 then AM is:
In addition, the H groups shown on the further fused ring above may be optionally substituted with 1, 2, or 3 substituents that are each independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22 and R25
Suitably each R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22 and R25 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl or t-butyl.
Suitably each R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22 and R25 is independently H, methyl or ethyl. More suitably each R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22 and R25 is independently from H or methyl.
In one aspect, each R16 is H. In an alternative aspect each R16 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R17 is H. In an alternative aspect each R17 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R18 is H. In an alternative aspect each R18 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R19 is H. In an alternative aspect each R19 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R20 is H. In an alternative aspect each R20 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R21 is H. In an alternative aspect each R21 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R22 is H. In an alternative aspect each R22 is C1-8 alkyl.
In one aspect, each R25 is H. In an alternative aspect each R25 is C1-8 alkyl.
R22 and R24
Suitably, each R23 and R24 are independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl and t-butyl or (CH2)j—RE.
In one aspect, each R23 is independently (CH2)j—RE.
In another aspect, each R23 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl or t-butyl. Suitably, each R23 is independently H.
In one aspect, each R24 is independently (CH2)j—RE.
In another aspect, each R24 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl or t-butyl. Suitably, each R24 is independently H.
R26 and R27
Suitably, R26 and R27 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 6-membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 C1-8 alkyl groups.
More suitably, R26 and R27 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form:
R28, R′28, R″28 and R′″28
In an aspect, suitably one R28 is RB, and any other R28 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably, each R28 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R28 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R28 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R28 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R28 is H.
In another aspect, each R28 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R′28 is RB, and any other R′28 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably, each R′28 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R′28 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R′28 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R′28 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R′28 is H.
In another aspect, each R′28 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R″28 is RB, and any other R″28 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably, each R″28 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R″28 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R″28 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R″28 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R″28 is H.
In another aspect, each R″28 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R′″28 is RB, and any other R′″28 is H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably, each R′″28 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R′″28 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R′″28 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R′″28 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R′″28 is H.
In another aspect, each R′″28 is CH3.
R29, R′29, R″29, R′″29 and R″″29
In an aspect, suitably one R29 is RB, and any other R29 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably any other R29 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, suitably, each R29 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R29 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R29 is independently H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R29 is independently H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R29 is H.
In another aspect, each R29 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R′29 is RB, and any other R′29 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably any other R′29 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, suitably, each R′29 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R′29 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R′29 is independently H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R′29 is independently H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R′29 is H.
In another aspect, each R′29 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R″29 is RB, and any other R″29 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably any other R″29 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, suitably, each R″29 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R″29 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R″29 is independently H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R″29 is independently H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R″29 is H.
In another aspect, each R″29 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R′″29 is RB, and any other R′″29 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably any other R′″29 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, suitably, each R′″29 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R′″29 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R′″29 is independently H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R′″29 is independently H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R′″29 is H.
In another aspect, each R′″29 is CH3.
In an aspect, suitably one R″″29 is RB, and any other R″″29 is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably any other R″″29 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, suitably, each R″″29 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each R″″29 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, each R″″29 is independently H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably each R″″29 is independently H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each R″″29 is H.
In another aspect, each R″″29 is CH3.
R30, R31 and R32
In one aspect, suitably, one of R30, R31 and R32 is RB; and the remaining of R30, R31 and R32 are independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, the remaining of R30, R31 and R32 are independently H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl.
Suitably, R30, R31 and R32 are independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
Suitably, R30 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably, R30 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3. More suitably, R30 is H.
Suitably, R31 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably, R31 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3. More suitably, R31 is H.
Suitably, R32 is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably R32 is H, CH3 or CH2CH3. More suitably, R32 is H.
R33
Suitably, each R33 is independently K1-RA, H or C1-8 alkyl; suitably, each R33 is independently K1-RA, H or C1-6 alkyl; more suitably, each R33 is independently K1-RA, H or C1-3 alkyl.
In one aspect, suitably one of R33 is K1-R33, and each remaining R33 is independently from H or C1-8 alkyl.
Suitably, each R33 is independently H or C1-6 alkyl. More suitably, each R33 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl or t-butyl.
R34
Suitably each R34 is independently H, C1-8 alkyl or phenyl. Suitably, each R34 is independently H, methyl, ethyl or phenyl. More suitably, each R34 is independently H, methyl or ethyl.
R35
Suitably, each R35 is independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or RA. In another aspect, R35 is RA. In an alternative aspect, each R35 is independently H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl.
More suitably, each R35 is independently H, OH, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-(n-propyl), O-(i-propyl), O-(n-butyl), O-(s-butyl), O-(i-butyl), O-(t-butyl) or RA.
In another aspect, each R35 is independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or RA. Suitably, each R35 is RA. More suitably, each R35 is independently OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl.
In another aspect, more suitably, each R35 is independently H, OH, C1-8 alkyl or OC1-8 alkyl. More suitably, each R35 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. More suitably, each R35 is H.
D1, D2 and D3
D1, D2 and D3 are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
In an aspect, suitably one of D1, D2 and D3 is RB, and the remaining D1, D2 and D3 are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In another aspect, suitably, each D1, D2 and D3 is independently C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, each D1, D2 and D3 is independently OH, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl.
Suitably, each D1, D2 and D3 is independently CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3.
More suitably each D1, D2 and D3 is independently CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, each D1, D2 and D3 is independently CH3.
A
In one aspect, A is an optionally substituted C5-9 heteroaryl, or a sigma hole group.
In another aspect, A is an optionally substituted phenyl or C5-9 heteroaryl.
In one aspect, A is a sigma hole group.
In another aspect, A is an optionally substituted phenyl.
Suitably, in another aspect, A is an optionally substituted C5-9 heteroaryl. Suitably, A is an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group. More suitably, A is an optionally substituted C5 heteroaryl group.
More suitably, A is
or a sigma hole group;
More suitably A is 67.
Most suitably A is N-methylpyrrolyl or N-methylimidazolyl.
The A group may be optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 substituents each independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
In some aspects, A is unsubstituted.
In other aspects, A comprises 1, 2, or 3 substituents.
In other aspects, A comprises 1 or 2 substituents.
In other aspects, A comprises 1 substituent.
In another aspect, suitably, A comprises one RB substituent, and any other substituents are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
B1
Suitably, B1 is an optionally substituted C5-9 heteroaryl, or a sigma hole group.
In one aspect, B1 is an optionally substituted phenyl.
Suitably, in another aspect, B1 is an optionally substituted C5-9 heteroaryl. Suitably, B1 is an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group. More suitably, B1 is an optionally substituted C5 heteroaryl group.
More suitably, in another aspect, B1 is a sigma hole group.
In another aspect, suitably, B1 comprises one RB substituent, and any other substituents are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
In other aspects, B1 comprises 1, 2, or 3 substituents.
In other aspects, B1 comprises 1 or 2 substituents.
In other aspects, B1 comprises 1 substituent.
T
In one aspect, T is an optionally substituted phenyl, C1-8 alkyl or C5-9 heteroaryl.
In another aspect, T is an optionally substituted phenyl or sigma hole group.
In another aspect, T is a sigma hole group.
In another aspect, T is an optionally substituted C5-9 heteroaryl. Suitably, T is an optionally substituted C5-6 heteroaryl group. More suitably, T is an optionally substituted C5 heteroaryl group.
Suitably, T is an optionally substituted C1-8 alkyl. Suitably, T is C1-8 alkyl substituted with an RB substituent, suitably substituted with an NH2.
More suitably, T is a phenyl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB or halogen.
In some aspects, suitably, T comprises one RB substituent, and any other substituents are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-68 alkyl or halogen.
In other aspects, T comprises 1, 2, or 3 substituents.
In other aspects, T comprises 1 or 2 substituents.
In other aspects, T comprises 1 substituent.
In other aspects, T is unsubstituted.
More suitably, in another aspect, T is phenyl substituted with one substituent. More suitably, T is phenyl substituted with RB. More suitably, T is phenyl para-substituted with RB. More suitably, T is phenyl substituted with NH2.
In another aspect, T is an unsubstituted phenyl.
A and B1
A and B1 may comprise a C5-9 heteroaryl. Suitably, each C5-9 heteroaryl is independently pyrrolyl, N-methylpyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, N-methylimidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, N-methylbenzoimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl or benzothiazolyl and each of the foregoing groups is optionally substituted.
Suitably, each C5-9 heteroaryl is independently pyrrolyl, N-methylpyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, N-methylimidazolyl oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl or pyridyl and each of the foregoing groups is optionally substituted.
A and B1 may comprise optionally substituents. Suitably, each substituent is independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably each substituent is independently CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably, each substituent is independently CH3 or CH2CH3.
L
Suitably, L is —(CH2)m-L2-(CH2)n—.
Suitably, L is —(CH2)m-L2-(CH2)n— and L2 is CH2,
Y8 is C—H or N; Y9 is NH, N—(C1-6 alkyl), O or S; and R30, R31 and R32 are independently H, OH, C1-6 alkyl, OC1-6 alkyl, RB or halogen.
The above structures are drawn without specifying the positions of any of the groups, i.e. groups R30, R31, R32, and the two groups (shown by bonds that end in a zig-zag line) where the ring is attached to the rest of the molecule. Hence, these groups may be present on any position of the ring except for Y8 or Y9 (as positioning a group, such as R30 at Y8 or Y9 would not meet the valence requirements).
Suitably, L is —(CH2)m—CH2—(CH2)n—,
Suitably, L is —(CH2)0-3—CH2—(CH2)0-3— or
In some aspects, L is —(CH2)m—CH2—(CH2)n—. Suitably. L is —CH2—, —CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2— or —CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—.
Suitably, L2 is CH2, S, S(O), S(O)2, CH(RB), Ar or Ar-C(O)NH.
Suitably, L2 is CH2, CH(RB), Ar or Ar-C(O)NH.
More suitably, L2 is CH2 or Ar.
Ar
Suitably, Ar is C6-10 arylene, C5-9 heteroarylene, C3-8 cycloalkylene, C3-8 cycloalkenylene and C3-8 heterocyclylene and each of the foregoing is optionally substituted.
Suitably, Ar is phenylene, C5-9 heteroarylene, C5-6 cycloalkylene, C5-6 cycloalkenylene and C5-6 heterocyclylene and each of the foregoing is optionally substituted.
Suitably, Ar is phenylene or C5-9 heteroarylene and each of the foregoing is optionally substituted.
Suitably, Ar is phenylene, pyrrolylene, N-methylpyrrolylene, furanylene, thiophenylene, imidazolylene, N-methylimidazolylene, oxazolylene, thiazolylene, pyridylene, indolylene, N-methylindolylene, benzofuranylene, benzothiophenylene, benzimidazolylene, N-methylbenzoimidazolylene, benzooxazolylene or benzothiazolylene and each of the foregoing is optionally substituted.
Suitably, Ar is phenylene, pyrrolylene, N-methylpyrrolylene, furanylene, thiophenylene, imidazolylene, N-methylimidazolylene, oxazolylene, thiazolylene or pyridylene and each of the foregoing is optionally substituted.
In some aspects, suitably, Ar comprises one RB substituent, and any other substituents are independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen.
The Ar groups may comprise 1, 2 or 3 optionally substituents. Suitably, each substituent is independently OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably each substituent is independently CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably, each substituent is independently CH3 or CH2CH3.
In other aspects, Ar comprises 1, 2, or 3 substituents.
In other aspects, Ar comprises 1 or 2 substituents.
In other aspects, Ar comprises 1 substituent.
Suitably, Ar is
Y1
In some aspects, Y1 is N—R16. Suitably, Y1 is N—H, N—CH3 or N—CH2CH3. More suitably, Y1 is N—CH3.
In another aspect, Y1 is O.
In another aspect, Y1 is S.
In another aspect, Y1 is N.
In another aspect, Y1 is C—R12.
Y2
In some aspects, Y2 is N.
In another aspect, Y2 is C—R13.
Y3
In some aspects, Y3 is N—R16. Suitably, Y3 is N—H, N—CH3 or N—CH2CH3. More suitably, Y3 is N—CH3.
In another aspect, Y3 is O.
In another aspect, Y3 is S.
In another aspect, Y3 is N.
In another aspect, Y3 is C—R14.
Y4
Y4 is C—R15. Suitably, Y4 is CH.
In some aspects, Y5 is C═O and represents an α,β-unsaturated double bond conjugated with the C═O such that AM is:
In other aspects, Y5 is C—OH or C—RD then represents the double bonds of an aromatic 6-membered ring; R10 is CH2-halogen or CH3 and R11 is absent; and AM is:
Hence, the C of these groups C═O; C—OH; and C—RD is a carbon of the ring system of the above AM groups in which Y5 appears and the groups ═O; —OH; and —RD are substituent groups attached to the ring carbon.
In other aspects, Y5 is C—OH.
In other aspects, Y5 is C—RD.
Y6
In some aspects, each Y6 is N.
In other aspects, each Y6 is C—NH2.
In other aspects, each Y6 is C—OH.
Y7
In some aspects, each Y7 is O
In some aspects, each Y7 is N—CH3.
Y8
In some aspects, Y8 is N.
In other aspects, more suitably Y8 is C—H.
Y9
Suitably, Y9 is NH, N—CH3, N—CH2CH3, O or S.
In some aspects, Y9 is NH, N—CH3 or N—CH2CH3; suitably, Y9 is N—CH3.
In other aspects, Y9 is NH.
In other aspects, Y9 is O.
In other aspects, Y9 is S.
X1
In one aspect, X1 is absent.
In another aspect, suitably X1 is O, S, NH, CH2, CH2O, C(═O), C(═O)NR17, NR17C(═O), O—C(O) or C(O)—O.
Suitably, X1 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NR16 or NR16C(═O).
More suitably, X1 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NH or NHC(═O).
More suitably, X1 is O or C(═O). Most suitably, X1 is O.
X2
In one aspect, X2 is absent.
In another aspect, suitably X2 is O, S, NH, CH2, CH2O, C(═O), C(═O)NR17, NR17C(═O), O—C(O) or C(O)—O. Suitably, X2 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NR16 or NR16C(═O).
More suitably, X2 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NH or NHC(═O).
More suitably, X2 is C(═O)NH or NHC(═O). Most suitably, X2 is NHC(═O).
X3
In one aspect, X3 is absent.
In another aspect, suitably X3 is O, S, NH, CH2, CH2O, C(═O), C(═O)NR17, NR17C(═O), O—C(O) or C(O)—O. Suitably, X3 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NR16 or NR16C(═O).
More suitably, X3 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NH or NHC(═O).
More suitably, X3 is C(═O)NH or NHC(═O). Most suitably, X3 is NHC(═O).
X4
In one aspect, X4 is absent.
In another aspect, suitably X4 is O, S, NH, CH2, CH2O, C(═O), C(═O)NR17, NR17C(═O), O—C(O) or C(O)—O. Suitably, X4 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NR16 or NR16C(═O). More suitably, X4 is O, C(═O), C(═O)NH or NHC(═O).
More suitably, X4 is C(═O)NH or NHC(═O). Most suitably, X4 is NHC(═O).
X5
Suitably each X5 is independently S, Se, P, As, Sb, Si or Ge;
Suitably each X5 is independently S or Se.
Suitably X5 is Se. More suitably, X5 is S.
K1
Linker K1 is a bond or is a moiety having 1-200 nonhydrogen atoms selected from C, N, O, S, or halogen, and optionally incorporates alkyl, alkoxy, ether, oxo, carbamate, carboxyl, carboxamide, carboxamidyl, ester, halo, hydroxyl, urethanyl, branched, cyclic, unsaturated, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl moieties or combinations thereof.
In some embodiments, the linker K1 has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 or 50 non-hydrogen atoms selected from C, N, O, S or halogen.
“Combinations thereof” of moieties includes multiple of the same moiety, e.g. multiple carboxamide moieties.
Linker K1 may be unbranched or branched, flexible or rigid, short or long and may incorporate any combination of moieties as deemed useful. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the linker K1 may have a polyalkylene oxide polymeric region, which may enhance solubility of the compound of formula (I). In some embodiments, the linker K1 may have a repeating unit of ethylene glycol, and may have 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 or 50 ethylene glycol units. In other embodiments, the linker K1 may include an alkylene chain. Suitably, the alkylene chain comprises —CH2— groups in a chain that is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 carbons in length. In some embodiments a proportion of the linker K1 comprises an ethylene glycol repeating unit or an alkylene chain and another proportion of linker K1 comprises one or more amino acid moieties. In some embodiments, at least a portion of Linker K1 may include one or more amino acid moieties which may provide enhanced solubility for the compound of formula (I) or may provide amino acid sequences to enhance target binding, enhance compatibility with a targeting agent, or enhance target binding recognition. In other embodiments, the linker K1 may include one or more amino acid moieties that provide a suitable substrate motif for a protease. When a set of amino acid moieties are incorporated into the linker K1 that provide a substrate motif specific for a selected protease, the cytotoxic drug compound of formula (I) may be released from a target bound conjugate to provide localized cytotoxic effects. Such substrate motifs are known in the art and may be incorporated into the linker as desired to provide selective release from the target bound conjugate. This selectivity can be based on known presence of a desired protease within the localized delivery region of the conjugate drug. Other polymeric types of moieties may be incorporated in the linker K1, such as polyacids, polysaccharides, or polyamines. Other moieties such as substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties may be used to enhance rigidity or provide synthetically accessible sites on substituents therein for linking to reactive moieties or to the compound of formula (I).
The linker K1 can also include a variety of other connecting groups that connect the ethylene glycol portion to the amino acid sequence, or connect the ethylene glycol or amino acid sequence to RA, or the compound of formula (I). For example, the amino acid sequence can be connected to the compound of formula (I) via a 4-amino benzyl carboxylate group.
More suitably, the linker K1 is:
More suitably K1 is: (iv) —NH—XAA—C(O)—K2-.
Suitably, K2 is —[CH2CH2O]0-50— comprising 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 or 50 ethylene glycol units.
Suitably, K2 is —[CH2]0-12— comprising 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 carbons. More suitably, K2 is —[CH2]5—;
The linker K1 may be attached to RA and the rest of the compound of formula (I) in either direction. Suitably, XAA is closest to RA and K2 is closest to the rest of the molecule. More suitably, K2 is closest to RA and XAA is closest to the rest of the molecule.
More suitably, the linker K1 is (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) or (xvii).
In some embodiments, the linker K1 can include 8 ethylene glycol units. Several commercially available ethylene glycol groups (polyethylene glycol, PEG) are suitable in the linker K1, such as H2N-dPEG®8-C(O)OH, having a discrete (“d”) polyethylene glycol having 8 ethylene glycol repeating units. Other discrete PEG units are commercially available and known to one of skill in the art, such as by Advanced ChemTech. Suitably, the linker K1 comprises the formula: —HN-PEG8-C(O)-Val-Ala- wherein PEG8 has 8 ethylene glycol units. Suitably, the linker K1 comprises the formula:
Suitably, for the above embodiment, the HN group is directly linked to RA.
The amino acid portion of the linker K1 can include any suitable number of amino acid moieties, as described above. For example, the amino acid sequence XAA can include from 1 to 100 amino acid moieties, or from 1 to 10 amino acid moieties, or from 1 to 5 amino acid moieties. Suitably, the linker K1 comprises an amino acid sequence XA that has 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more amino acid moieties. More suitably, the linker K1 comprises an amino acid sequence XA that consists of 2 amino acid moieties.
More suitably, the linker K1 comprises an amino acid sequence XA that includes the amino acid sequence Val-Ala.
More suitably, the amino acid sequence XAA is:
RA
Suitably each RA is a targeting agent or is a reactive moiety capable of reacting with a targeting agent. Where RA is a reactive moiety it can react with functional groups such as aldehydes, amines, disulfides, ketones thiols in the targeting agent, or in Staudinger reactions, Pictet-Spengler reactions and/or Click-type chemistry with the targeting agent. For some reactive moieties suitable coupling reagents are used to react the reactive moiety with a targeting agent, for example, where RA is a carboxylic acid [(CH2)j—CO2RE] carbodiimide coupling reagents may be used.
Suitably, each RA is independently an azide, alkynes, bisulfone, carbohydrazide, hydroxylamine, iodoacetamide, isothiocyanate, maleimide, phosphine, semihydrazide, succinimidyl ester and sulfonyl halide, CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NH2, (CH2)j—NH2, NH—CH3, S(O)2—CH3, S(O)2—NHCH3, S(O)2—N(CH3)2, C(═NH)—O—CH3, C(═NH)—O—CH2CH3, NH—C(O)—NH2, NH—C(O)—NH2, H or is a targeting agent.
More suitably, each RA is independently an maleimide, CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, (CH2)j—NH2, NH—CH3 or is a targeting agent.
In one aspect, suitably, each RA is independently an azide, alkynes, bisulfone, carbohydrazide, hydroxylamine, iodoacetamide, isothiocyanate, maleimide, phosphine, semihydrazide, succinimidyl ester and sulfonyl halide, CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NH2, (CH2)j—NH2, NH—CH3, S(O)2—CH3, S(O)2—NHCH3, S(O)2—N(CH3)2, C(═NH)—O—CH3, C(═NH)—O—CH2CH3, NH—C(O)—NH2 or NH—C(O)—NH2.
More suitably, in some aspects, each RA is maleimide:
A number of other chemistries are known for attachment of compounds to antibodies. U.S. Pat. No. 7,595,292 (Brocchini et al.) refers to linkers that form thioesters with the sulfurs in a disulfide bond of an antibody. U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,783 (Carico et al.) refers to the introduction of aldehyde residues into antibodies, which are used to couple compounds to the antibody.
In another aspect, each RA is independently a targeting agent wherein each targeting agent is independently a protein, a portion of a protein, a peptide, a nucleic acid, a hormone, an antibody or an antibody fragment. The targeting agent may bind to a tumor-associated antigen, a cancer-stem-cell associated antigen or a viral antigen.
Suitably, each targeting agent is independently a protein, a portion of a protein, a polypeptide, a nucleic acid, an antibody or an antibody fragment. More suitably, each targeting agent is independently an antibody or an antibody fragment. More suitably, each targeting agent is an antibody.
Suitably, the targeting agent may be any of the antibody or antibody fragments disclosed herein. Suitably, the targeting agent is an anti-CD22 antibodies, anti-Ly6E antibodies, anti-HER2 antibodies, anti-MUC16 antibodies, anti-STEAP-1 antibodies, anti-NaPi2b antibodies, anti-CD79b antibodies, antibody fragments, chimeric and humanized antibodies, human antibodies, library-derived antibodies, multispecific antibodies, antibody variants, substitution, insertion, and deletion variants, glycosylation variants, Fc region variants, cysteine engineered antibody variants, or antibody derivatives as disclosed herein.
In various embodiments, the targeting agent may bind to a target selected from an acute myeloid leukemia (AML M4) cell, an acute promyelocytic leukemia cell, an acute lymphoblastic leukemia cell, an acute lymphocytic leukemia cell, a chronic lymphocytic leukemia cell, a chronic myeloid leukemia cell, a chronic T-cell lymphocytic leukemia, a myelodysplasia syndromic cell, a multiple myeloma cell, a prostate carcinoma cell, a renal cell adenocarcinoma cell, a pancreatic adenocarcinoma cell, a lung carcinoma cell or a gastric adenocarcinoma cell, a gastric adenocarcinoma cell, a breast cancer cell, a colon cancer cell, a melanoma cell, a thyroid cancer cell, an ovarian cancer cell, a bladder cancer cell, a liver cancer cell, a head and neck cancer cell, an esophageal cancer cell, a hodgkin lymphoma cell, a non-hodgkin lymphoma cell, a mesothelioma cell, a neuroblastoma cell, a neuroendocrine tumor cell, a neurofibromatosis type 1 (NF1) cell, a neurofibromatosis type 2 (NF2) or an osteosarcoma cell.
In another aspect, each RA is H.
RB
Suitably, each RB is independently selected from (CH2)j—CO2R21, O—(CH2)k—NR21R22, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NR21R22, C(═O)—NR21R22, (CH2)j—NR21R22, NR21NH2, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)j—NR21R22, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)k—C(═NH)NR21R22, (CH2)j—S(O)2—NR21R22, C(═NH)—O—(C1-8 alkyl) and NH—C(O)—NR21R22.
Suitably, each RB is independently selected from (CH2)j—CO2H, (CH2)j—CO2CH3, (CH2)j—CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, O—(CH2)k—NH—CH3, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NH—CH3, C(═O)—NH2, C(═O)—NHCH3, (CH2)j—NH2, (CH2)j—NH—CH3, N(CH3)—NH2, NHNH2, C(═O)—NH—NH2, C(═O)—NH—NH—CH3, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)j—NH2, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)j—NH—CH3, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)k—C(═NH)NH2, C(═O)—NH—(CH2)k—C(═NH)NH—CH3, S(O)2—NH2, S(O)2—NHCH3, S(O)2—N(CH3)2, C(═NH)—O—CH3, C(═NH)—O—CH2CH3, NH—C(O)—NH2 and NH—C(O)—NH2.
More suitably, each RB is independently selected from CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(═O)—O—(CH2)k—NH2, (CH2)j—NH2, NH—CH3, S(O)2—CH3, S(O)2—NHCH3, S(O)2—N(CH3)2, C(═NH)—O—CH3, C(═NH)—O—CH2CH3, NH—C(O)—NH2 and NH—C(O)—NH2.
More suitably, each RB is independently selected from CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, O—(CH2)k—NH2, (CH2)j—NH2 and NH—CH3.
More suitably, each RB group is selected from O—(CH2)k—NH2 and (CH2)j—NH2. More suitably, an or each RB group is NH2.
In some aspects, suitably, each RB is independently selected from (CH2)j—CO2R21, O—(CH2)k—NR21R22, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NR21R22, C(O)—NR21R22, (CH2)j—NR21R22, NH—C(O)—R21, K1-R33 and (CH2)j—SO2—NR21R22.
In some aspects, suitably, each RB is independently selected from CO2H, CO2CH3, CO2CH2CH3, CO2K1-R33, O—(CH2)k—NH-K1-R33, O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NH-K1-R33, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NH2, C(O)—NH—K1-R33, C(O)—NH2, NH—K1-R33, NH2, NH—C(O)—CH3, NH—C(O)—K1-R33, K1-R33, SO2—NH—K1-R33 and SO2—NH2.
In some aspects, suitably, one RB is selected from CO2K1-R33, O—(CH2)k—NH-K1-R33, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NH-K1-R33, C(O)—NH—K1-R33NH—K1-R33, NH—C(O)—K1-R33, K1-R33 and SO2—NH—K1-R33.
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof contains a total of 0, 1, 2 or 3 RB groups. Suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof contains a total of 0 or 1 RB groups. In some aspects, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof contains zero RB groups (i.e. RB groups are absent). More suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof contains a total of 1 RB group (i.e. a single RB group is present).
RC
In one aspect, RC is a sigma hole group, RE, ═O, ═C(R23)(R24), CN, NCO, (CH2)j—ORE, O—(CH2)k—ORE, (CH2)j—CO2RE, (CH2)j—NR25RE, O—(CH2)k—NR25RE, C(O)—NR25RE, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NR25RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—NR25RE, C(O)—NH—C6H4—(CH2)j—RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)k—C(═NH)NR25RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—RE, NH—C(O)—(CH2)j—RE, O—(CH2)k—NH—C(O)—RE, O—(CH2)k—C(O)—NH—RE, (CH2)j—SO2RE, O—SO2RE, (CH2)j—SO2—NR25RE, (CH2)j—C(O)RE, (CH2)j—C(O)NR25RE, NR25NH2, C(═NH)—O—RE or NH—C(O)—NR25RE
Suitably, RC is sigma hole group, RE, ═O, ═C(R23)(R24), CN, NCO, (CH2)j—ORE, (CH2)j—CO2RE, (CH2)j—NR25RE, C(O)—NR25RE, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NR25RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—NR25RE, C(O)—NH—C6H4—(CH2)j—RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)k—C(═NH)NR25RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—RE, NH—C(O)—(CH2)j—RE, (CH2)j—SO2RE, O—SO2RE, (CH2)j—SO2—NR25RE, (CH2)j—C(O)RE, (CH2)j—C(O)NR25RE, NR25NH2, C(═NH)—O—RE and NH—C(O)—NR25RE.
In one aspect, more suitably, RC is selected from RE, (CH2)j—ORE, (CH2)j—CO2RE, C(O)—NH—C6H4—(CH2)j—RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—RE, NH—C(O)—(CH2)j—RE and (CH2)j—C(O)RE.
In another aspect, more suitably, RC is selected (CH2)j—NR25RE, C(O)—NR25RE, C(O)—O—(CH2)k—NR25RE, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—NR25RE, (CH2)j—SO2—NR25RE, (CH2)j—C(O)NR25RE, NR25NH2 and NH—C(O)—NR25RE.
In another aspect, suitably RC is ═C(R23)(R24).
In another aspect, suitably RC is RE.
In another aspect, suitably RC is a sigma hole group.
RD
In one aspect, suitably RD is K1-RA.
In another aspect, RD is O—NHR19, O—NR19(t-butyloxy-carbonyl), P(O)(OH)2, O—NHSO2R19, O—C(═O)—NR26R27, O—NHC(O)C(CH3)3, O—NHCO2R19, NHCONH2,
Suitably, RD is O—NHR19, O—NR19(t-butyloxy-carbonyl), P(O)(OH)2, O—NHSO2R19, O—C(═O)—NR26R27, O—NHC(O)C(CH3)3, O—NHCO2R19, NHCONH2,
wherein each AA is an independently selected amino acid.
Hence, the —(CH2)1-10— linker consists of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 CH2 units. Suitably, such linkers consist of 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 CH2 units.
Hence, the -[AA]2-12- is a peptide group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 amino acid units. Suitably, this peptide group consist of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 amino acid units.
More suitably, RD is —O—NH2, —O—NHCH3, —O—P(O)(OH)2, —O—NHBoc, —O—NCH3Boc, —O—NHSO2CH3, —O—NHC(O)C(CH3)3, —O—NHCO2CH3, —NHCONH2,
More suitably, RD is:
RE
Suitably, each RE is independently selected from H, C1-8 alkyl, C6-12 aryl, C7-18 aralkyl, C5-10 heteroaryl, C6-16 heteroarylalkyl, C3-12 heterocyclyl; wherein the alkyl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclyl groups are optionally substituted.
More suitably, each RE is independently selected from H, C1-8 alkyl, phenyl, C7-12 aralkyl groups, C5-9 heteroaryl, C6-15 heteroarylalkyl, C3-12 heterocyclyl; wherein the alkyl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and heterocyclyl groups are optionally substituted.
More suitably, each RE is independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, C3-12 heterocyclyl, N-methylpyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, N-methylimidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, uracilyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, indolyl, N-methylindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, N-methylbenzo-imidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrol-3-ylmethyl, pyrrol-4-ylmethyl, imidazol-2-ylmethyl, imidazol-4-ylmethyl, thiophen-3-ylmethyl, furan-3-ylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl and phenethyl; wherein each of these groups may be optionally substituted.
More suitably, each RE is independently selected from H, C1-6 alkyl, phenyl and (CH2)1-6-phenyl; wherein the alkyl, phenyl and (CH2)1-6-phenyl groups are optionally substituted.
Suitably, each RE group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 optional groups independently selected from OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB, C(═O)—NH—C6H4—(CH2)j—R33, C5-6 heterocyclyl, —S(O)2—(C1-8 alkyl), O—(CH2)k—O—(C1-8 alkyl), (CH2)k—O—(C1-8 alkyl), CN, NCO, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—Cy, C(O)—Cy, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C5-20 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkenyl, C3-10 cycloalkynyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, C3-20 heteroaryl, acetal, acyl, acylamido, acyloxy, amidino, amido, amino, aminocarbonyloxy, azido, carboxy, cyano, ether, formyl, guanidino, halo, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydroxamic acid, imidic acid, imino, ketal, nitro, nitroso, oxo, oxycarbonyl, oxycarboyloxy, sulfamino, sulfamyl, sulfate, sulfhydryl, sulfinamino, sulfinate, sulfino, sulfinyl, sulfinyloxy, sulfo, sulfonamido, sulfonamino, sulfonate, sulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, uredio and
wherein Cy is independently selected from a C5-6 heterocyclyl or C5-6 heteroaryl group, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with an RB group. In some aspects, suitably, each RE group is substituted with 1, 2 or 3 of the optional groups. More suitably, each RE group is substituted with 1 of the optional groups.
More suitably, each RE group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 optional groups independently selected from OH, C1-12 alkyl, OC1-12 alkyl, RB, C(═O)—NH—C6H4—(CH2)j—R33, C5-6 heterocyclyl, —S(O)2—(C1-8 alkyl), O—(CH2)k—O—(C1-8 alkyl), (CH2)k—O—(C1-8 alkyl), CN, NCO, C(O)—NH—(CH2)j—Cy, C(O)—Cy, C2-7 alkenyl, C2-7 alkynyl, C5-20 aryl, C3-10 cycloalkenyl, C3-10 cycloalkynyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, C3-20 heteroaryl, —CHC(OR34)(ORX2), —C(═O)R34, —NR33C(═O)R34, —OC(═O)R34, —C(═NRX6)NR33R34, —C(═O)NR33R34, —NR33R34, —OC(═O)NR33R34, —N3, —C(═O)OH, —CN, —OR34, —C(═O)H, —NH—C(═NH)NH2, —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, —CH(OH)(OR34), —CR33(OH)(OR34), —C(═NOH)OH, —C(═NH)OH, ═NR34, —CR34(OR34)(OR34), —NO2, —NO, ═O, —C(═O)OR34, —OC(═O)OR34, —NR34S(═O)2OH, —S(═O)NR33R34, —OS(═O)2OR34, —SH, —NR33S(═O)R34, —S(═O)OR34; —SO2H, —S(═O)R34, —OS(═O)R34, —SO3H, —S(═O)2NR33R34, —NR33S(═O)2R34, —S(O)2OR34, —S(O)2R34, —OS(O)2R34, —N(R33)CONR33R34, and
wherein each R33 is independently H, C1-6 alkyl or K1-RA; and each R34 is independently selected from H, C1-8 alkyl and phenyl; and Cy is independently selected from a C5-6 heterocyclyl or C5-6 heteroaryl group, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with an RB group.
More suitably, each RE group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 optional groups independently selected from OH, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl, RB, and halo. More suitably, each RE group is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 optional groups independently selected from OH, C1-6 alkyl, OC1-6 alkyl and halo; more suitably from C1-6 alkyl and OC1-6 alkyl.
In some aspects, suitably, each RE is independently selected from:
wherein Cy is independently selected from a C5-6 heterocyclyl or C5-6 heteroaryl group, wherein the heterocyclyl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with an RA group.
In some embodiments, RE is selected from:
RT
In one aspect, suitably RT is RB. Suitably, RT is K1-RA, (CH2)j—CO2R21 or CH2)j—NR21R22.
In an aspect, RT is K1-RA. In another aspect, RT is (CH2)j—CO2R21 or CH2)j—NR21R22; suitably, RT is CO2CH3 or NH2.
In another aspect, RT is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen; suitably RT is H, CH3 or CH2CH3.
In another aspect, RT is H, C1-8 alkyl, OC1-8 alkyl or halogen. Suitably, RT is H, C1-6 alkyl or OC1-6 alkyl. Suitably, RT is H, CH3, CH2CH3, O—CH3 or O—CH2CH3. More suitably, RT is H, CH3 or CH2CH3. More suitably, RT is H.
X6
In one aspect, suitably, each X6 is Cl.
In another aspect, suitably, each X6 is Br.
In another aspect, suitably, each X6 is I.
f
In some aspects, suitably, f is 1. In other aspects, suitably, f is 0.
g
In some aspects, suitably, g is 1. In other aspects, suitably, g is 0.
h
In some aspects, suitably, h is 1. In other aspects, suitably, h is 0.
j
In one aspect, suitably, a j is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
Suitably, each j is independently selected from 0, 1, 2 or 3.
More suitably, in some aspects, j is 1.
More suitably, in other aspects, j is 0.
k
Suitably, each k is independently selected from 1, 2 or 3.
More suitably, k is 1 or 2.
More suitably, in some aspects, k is 1.
m
In one aspect, suitably, m is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12.
Suitably m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Suitably, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3. Suitably, m is 1, 2 or 3.
More suitably, in some aspects, m is 1. More suitably, in other aspects, m is 0.
n
In one aspect, suitably, n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12.
Suitably n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Suitably, n is 0, 1, 2 or 3. Suitably, n is 1, 2 or 3.
More suitably, in some aspects, n is 1. More suitably, in other aspects, n is 0.
p
In some aspects, suitably, p is 0. In other aspects, suitably, p is 1.
q
In some aspects, suitably, q is 0. More suitably, in other aspects, suitably, q is 1.
r
In some aspects, suitably, r is 0. More suitably, in other aspects, suitably, r is 1.
s
In some aspects, suitably, s is 0. More suitably, in other aspects, suitably, s is 1.
Combinations
Suitably, X1, X2, X3 and X4 are each independently O, C(═O), C(═O)NH or NHC(═O).
Compounds
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof; when p is 1, then X7 is C; and when p is 0 then X7 is N or C—RT.
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof; wherein Z5 is S, O, NH, N—(C1-8 alkyl); and Z6 is CH or N.
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof.
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof. Suitably, the bond between the carbons with RC and R6 substituents is a double bond.
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof;
Suitably, the compound of formula (I) is:
or carbinolamine derivative, carbinolamine C1-8 alkyl ether derivative, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof.
The term carbinolamine derivative means the derivative where water has reacted with the above imine compounds to form the carbinolamine derivative as shown below:
carbinolamine derivative imine carbinolamine C1-8 alkyl ether derivative The term carbinolamine C1-8 alkyl ether derivative means the derivative where a C1-8 alcohol ROH (R is C1-8 alkyl) has reacted with the above imine compounds to form the carbinolamine C1-8 alkyl ether derivative as shown above.
Other Features
The compound of formula (I) has the option of comprising a sigma hole group as one of A, B1, T or as an RC group. The disclosure contains a proviso that the compound of formula (I) contains at least one sigma hole group; and a proviso that no more than one of A, B1 and T is a sigma hole group. A consequence of these provisos is that if none of A, B1 and T is a sigma hole group, then RC must be present and must be a sigma hole group. A further consequence of these provisos is that the compound of formula (I) can comprise a maximum of two sigma hole groups where one of A, B1 and T is a sigma hole group, and where RC is also present and is a sigma hole group.
Suitably, there is a proviso that when K1-RA is present, there is only one K1-RA group present.
In some aspects, K1-RA is absent from the compound of formula (I).
In some aspects, RB is absent from the compound of formula (I).
Suitably, there is only 1, 2 or 3 RB groups present in the compound of formula (I).
Suitably, there is only 1 or 2 RB groups present in the compound of formula (I). More suitably, there is only 1 RB group present in the compound of formula (I).
Stereochemistry
The AM group (AM1) has a chiral center at the carbon where the B-ring and C-ring are fused together. Suitably, in any of the previous aspects of the invention, the AM group of the compound of formula (I) comprises, or consists essentially of, or consists of a racemic mixture comprising both the (R)- and (S)-configuration at the carbon where the B-ring and C-ring are fused together.
Alternatively, suitably, in any of the previous aspects, the AM group of the compound of formula (I) comprises, or consists essentially of, or consists of the (R)-configuration at the carbon where the B-ring and C-ring are fused together. Thus in these aspects, AM is:
Alternatively, more suitably, in any of the previous aspects, the compound of formula (I) comprises, or consists essentially of, or consists of the (S)-configuration at the carbon where the B-ring and C-ring are fused together. Thus in these aspects, AM is:
Applications
The compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, or a pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds of formula (I) find application as a medicament.
The invention finds application in the treatment of a proliferative disease, a bacterial infection, a parasitic infection or inflammation.
In certain aspects a method of treating a disease or condition selected from a proliferative disease, a bacterial infection, a parasitic infection and inflammation is provided, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof or a composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof.
In certain aspects a method of treating a disease or condition selected from proliferative diseases, bacterial infections, parasitic infections and inflammation is provided, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a targeted conjugate comprising a compound of the formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof.
In certain aspects a method of treating a proliferative disease is provided, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of an antibody-drug conjugate comprising a compound of the formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof.
The term “proliferative disease” refers to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth, whether in vitro or in vivo. Examples of proliferative conditions include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g. histocytoma, glioma, oligodendroglioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g. lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, oesophageal [or esophageal] cancer, oral cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, endometrial cancer, uterine cancer, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, squamous cell carcinomas, head and neck cancer, bladder cancer, pancreas cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma), leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g. of connective tissues), and atherosclerosis. Suitably the proliferative disease is bladder cancer, bone cancer, bowel cancer, brain cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, head and neck cancer, leukemia, liver cancer, lung cancer, lymphoma, melanoma, oesophageal cancer, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cancer, retinoblastoma, sarcoma, skin cancer, stomach cancer, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer or uterine cancer. Suitably the proliferative disease is selected from breast cancer or cervical cancer.
Suitably, the proliferative disease is bladder cancer, bone cancer, bowel cancer, brain cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer, glioma, head and neck cancer, leukemia, liver cancer, lung cancer, lymphoma, melanoma, oesophageal cancer, oligodendroglioma, oral cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, rectal cancer, renal cancer, retinoblastoma, sarcoma, skin cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, stomach cancer, testicular cancer, thyroid cancer or uterine cancer.
In some aspects, suitably the proliferative disease is associated with HIF1. Suitably, such a proliferative disease is a solid cancer, more suitably, such a proliferative disease is bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial cancer, glioma, liver cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, oligodendroglioma, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, renal cancer or squamous cell carcinoma.
Any type of cell may be treated, including but not limited to, bone, eye, head and neck, lung, gastrointestinal (including, e.g. mouth, oesophagus, bowel, colon), breast (mammary), cervix, ovarian, uterus, prostate, liver (hepatic), kidney (renal), bladder, pancreas, brain, and skin.
A skilled person is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound treats a proliferative condition for any particular cell type.
Suitably subjects are human, livestock animals and companion animals.
In a further aspect, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be linked, either directly or indirectly, to a targeting agent (e.g., antibody, antibody fragment, hormone, etc.) to provide a targeted conjugate. The target conjugates of the present disclosure may contain one or multiple compounds of formula (I) (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof). A variety of target conjugates are known in the art and may be used with a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof. For example, in a particular aspect the target conjugate is an antibody-drug conjugate, wherein one or more compounds of formula (I) are linked, directly or indirectly, to the antibody. Therefore, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be used as a payload on a targeted conjugate.
Suitably, a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, for use as a drug in a targeted conjugate is prepared by attaching a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof to a targeting agent, either directly or via an optional linker group. Suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, is attached to a targeting agent via a linker group. Suitably, the targeted conjugate is for use in the treatment of a disease, more specifically of a proliferative disease. Suitably, the drug may be attached by any suitable functional group that it contains to the targeting agent either directly or via a linker group. Typically, the drug contains, or can be modified to contain, one or more functional groups such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups for attaching the drug to the targeting agent either directly or via a linker group. In some aspects, one or more atoms or groups of the compound of formula (I) may be eliminated during the attachment of the drug to the antibody. In some aspects, the targeting agent binds to a cell surface receptor or a tumor-associated antigen. In some aspects, the targeting agent is an antibody. In some aspects, the targeting agent is a hormone. In some aspects, the targeting agent is a protein. In some aspects, the targeting agent is a polypeptide. In some aspects, the targeting agent is a small molecule (for example, folic acid).
Suitably, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, for use in preparing a targeting conjugate (e.g. an antibody-drug conjugate). Suitably, a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be used directly to prepare a targeting conjugate when a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, contains one or more functional groups such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups for attaching the drug to the targeting agent either directly or via a linker group. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be used in preparing a targeting conjugate by being modified to contain one or more functional groups such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups for attaching the drug to the targeting agent either directly or via a linker group. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, may be used in preparing a targeting conjugate by being modified to contain one or more linker groups, wherein the targeting agent (such as an antibody) is attached to the drug through one or more linker groups. Therefore, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) further comprising one or more linker groups or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) further comprises 1, 2 or 3 linker groups. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) further comprises 1 or 2 linker groups. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) further comprises 1 linker group. In some aspects, one or more atoms or groups (such as H atoms or hydroxyl groups) of the compound of formula (I) may be eliminated during the attachment of the drug to the targeting agent (such as an antibody) or the attachment of the linker to the drug or the modification of the drug to contain one or more functional groups (such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups) for attaching the drug to the antibody either directly or via a linker group. In some aspects, where the compound of formula (I) further comprises a linker group that is attached to the rest of the compound of formula (I) by eliminating one or more atoms or groups (such as H atom or atoms or hydroxyl groups) from an RB group or by eliminating a nitrogen protecting group from a N—R2 group.
Suitably such linker groups may comprise from 1-200 non-hydrogen atoms selected from C, N, O, S or halogen and may be branched, cyclic and/or unsaturated and, optionally, such linker groups may incorporate ether, oxo, carboxamidyl, urethanyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, heteroaryl, azide, alkyne, bisulfone, carbohydrazide, hydrazine, hydroxylamine, iodoacetamide, isothiocyanate, maleimide, phosphine, pyrridopyridazine, RA, semihydrazide, succinimidyl ester, sulfodichlorophenol ester, sulfonyl halide, sulfosuccinimidyl ester, 4-sulfotetrafluorophenyl ester, tetrafluorophenyl ester and thiazole moieties.
The compounds of formula (I) find application as payloads for antibodies or antibody fragments. The compounds of formula (I) readily allow conjugation to antibodies or antibody fragments.
In some aspects, the present invention relates to the treatment of a bacterial infection in a subject.
In some aspects, the compounds of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, are broad spectrum agents capable of treating a bacterial infection caused by Gram-positive bacteria and/or Gram-negative bacteria and/or atypical bacteria.
Suitably the bacterial infection is caused by at least one bacterium selected from the genera Enterococcus, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Bacillus, Acinetobacter, Burkholderia, Coxiella, Francisella, Yersinia, Klebsiella, Escherichia, Enterobacter and Pseudomonas.
Suitably the bacterial infection is caused by at least one bacterium selected from the genera Enterococcus, Staphylococcus, Acinetobacter, Burkholderia, Klebsiella, Escherichia, Enterobacter and Pseudomonas.
Suitably the bacterial infection is caused by at least one bacterium selected from Enterococcus faeculis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus subtilis, Haemophilus influenzae, Acinetobacter baumannii, Burkholderia multivorans, Burkholderia cenocepacia, Burkholderia cepacia, Burkholderia mallei, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Coxiella burnetii, Citrobacter freundii, Escherichia coli, Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Francisella tularensis, Yersina pestis, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Serratia marcesens, Salmonella typhi, Salmonella typhimurum, Stenotrophomonas maltophilia, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
More suitably the bacterial infection is caused by at least one bacterium selected from Enterococcus faeculis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Acinetobacter baumannii, Burkholderia multivorans, Burkholderia cenocepacia, Burkholderia cepacia, Escherichia coli, Klebsiella pneumonia and Pseudomonas aeruginosa.
In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is caused by Gram-positive bacteria selected from Enterococcus faeculis, Enterococcus faecium, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus agalactiae, Bacillus anthracis, Bacillus cereus and Bacillus subtilis.
In some embodiments, the infection is caused by Gram-negative bacteria, such as Haemophilus influenzae, Acinetobacter baumannii, Burkholderia multivorans, Burkholderia cenocepacia, Burkholderia cepacia, Burkholderia mallei, Burkholderia pseudomallei, Coxiella burnetii, Citrobacter freundii, Escherichia coli (such as E. coli K12), Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter aerogenes, Francisella tularensis, Yersina pestis, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
In some embodiments, the bacterial infection is caused by drug-resistant bacteria. Such drug-resistant bacteria are bacteria that are resistant to one or more antibacterials other than the compounds of formula (I) described herein. The language “resistance” and “antibacterial resistance” “drug-resistant” refers to bacteria that are able to survive exposure to one or more antibacterial drugs. In some embodiments, the drug-resistant bacteria include Escherichia coli, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus pneumoniae (including penicillin-resistant Streptococcus pneumoniae), Staphylococcus aureus (including vancomycin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (VRSA)), methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) (including hospital-acquired MRSA, community acquired MRSA, epidemic MRSA (EMRSA, e.g. EMRSA 16) and coagulase negative staphylocci), Acinetobacter baumannii, Burkholderia multivorans, Burkholderia cenocepacia, Burkholderia cepacia, Klebsiella pneumoniae (such as KP4631), Pseudomonas aeruginosa and Neisseria gonorrhoeae (including penicillin-resistant Neisseria gonorrhoeae).
In some embodiments, the drug-resistant bacteria is a multiple drug resistant bacteria. The language “multiple drug resistant bacteria” includes bacteria that is resistant to two or more of antibiotics typically used for the treatment of such bacterial infections, for example, tetracycline, penicillin, cephalosporins (e.g., ceftriazone or cefixime), glycopeptides (e.g. vancomycin), quinolones (e.g., norfloxacin, ciprofloxacin or ofloxacin), co-trimoxazole, sulfonamides, aminoglycosides (e.g., kanamycin or gentamicin) and macrolides (e.g., azithromycin).
One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate compound treats a bacterial infection by, for example, assays (such as those described in the examples) which may be used to determine the activity of a particular compound.
In some aspects, the present invention relates to the treatment of malaria in a subject.
In some aspects, the present invention relates to the treatment of inflammation in a subject.
Linker Group
A linker is a bifunctional compound which can be used to link a drug and a targeting moiety (e.g., an antibody) to form a targeted drug conjugate (e.g., an antibody-drug conjugate) or targeting conjugate. Such conjugates are useful in the treatment of disease as a drug (e.g., a cytotoxic agent) may be delivered to a cell through recognition of an antigen.
In one aspect, a second section of the linker group is introduced which has a second reactive site (e.g., an electrophilic group) that is reactive to an opposing group (e.g., a nucleophilic group) present on a targeting agent such as an antibody. Useful nucleophilic groups on an antibody include, but are not limited to, sulfhydryl, hydroxyl and amino groups. In this instance, the heteroatom of the nucleophilic group of an antibody is reactive to an electrophilic group on a linker group and forms a covalent bond to that linker group. The electrophilic group then provides a site of attachment for the linker-payload or linker-drug, and can include the disulfide bridges of the antibody (i.e., a stochastic conjugation) or a residue containing an electrophilic group (either synthetic or naturally-occurring) introduced to the antibody to allow efficient conjugation (i.e., site-specific conjugation).
In another aspect, a linker group has a reactive site which has a nucleophilic group that is reactive to an electrophilic group present on an antibody. Electrophilic groups on an antibody include, but are not limited to, aldehyde and ketone carbonyl groups. The heteroatom of a nucleophilic group of a linker group can react with an electrophilic group on an antibody and form a covalent bond to the antibody. Nucleophilic groups in this respect may include, but are not limited to, hydrazide, oxime, amino, hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and arylhydrazide. The electrophilic group on an antibody provides a convenient site for attachment to a linker group. For a more comprehensive list of linking technologies, please see Jain, N.; Smith, S. W.; Ghone, S.; Tomczuk, B., Current ADC Linker Chemistry. Pharmaceutical Research 2015, 32 (11), 3526-3540.
Linkers can either be cleavable or non-cleavable, with cleavable linkers normally represented by combinations of amino acids. The list of cleavable linkers includes, but is not limited to, valine-citruline, valine-alanine and any combination of two to eight amino acids. A self-immolative unit (e.g., a PAB spacer) can be included to assist with clean cleavage, and optionally hydrophilic groups (e.g., PEG) can be added to increase hydrophilicity of the construct. In some aspects, more suitably, the linker group comprises a self-immolative unit. A range of self immolative units are known in the art [30] and have been described in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 7,754,681, European Patent Publication No. 0624377.
A variety of suitable linker groups are known in the art and may be used as described herein. For example, the maleimide methodology is routinely used as a method to attach antibodies to drug compounds by providing a linker attached to the drug with a terminal maleimide group. In addition, methodologies using diarylcyclooctyne moieties (such as, but not limited to, DBCO, dibenzylcyclooctyne) are known in the art. Diarylcyclooctynes react with stable azides to provide attachment via the formation of stable triazoles. Diarylcyclooctynes are thermostable with very narrow and specific reactivity toward azides, resulting in almost quantitative yields of stable triazoles. Furthermore, the reaction does not require a cytotoxic Cu(I) catalyst (that is toxic to most organisms) and thus, prevents its use in many biological systems. Still further, alkoxyamine methodologies are also alternatives in the art. For site-specific conjugation of the drug to the antibody, the antibodies may comprise a “tag” (which may be proprietary) that will react with a diarylcyclooctyne (for example DBCO), an alkyoxyamine and/or maleimide group to attach the antibody to the drug. The tag in some instances may be a mutated amino acid. Suitably linker groups incorporating the various groups described above are available in the art.
Antibody Drug Conjugates
Antibody therapy has been established for the targeted treatment of patients with cancer, immunological and angiogenic disorders (Carter, P. (2006) Nature Reviews Immunology 6:343-357). The use of antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), i.e. immunoconjugates, for the local delivery of cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit tumor cells in the treatment of cancer, targets delivery of the drug moiety to tumors, and intracellular accumulation therein, whereas systemic administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells (Xie et al (2006) Expert. Opin. Biol. Ther. 6(3):281-291; Kovtun ef a/(2006) Cancer Res. 66(6):3214-3121; Law et al (2006) Cancer Res. 66(4):2328-2337; Wu et al (2005) Nature Biotech. 23(9): 1 137-1145; Lambert J. (2005) Current Opin. in Pharmacol. 5:543-549; Hamann P. (2005) Expert Opin. Ther. Patents 15(9): 1087-1 103; Payne, G. (2003) Cancer Cell 3:207-212; Trail ef a/(2003) Cancer Immunol. Immunother. 52:328-337; Syrigos and Epenetos (1999) Anticancer Research 19:605-614).
Maximal efficacy with minimal toxicity is sought thereby. Efforts to design and refine ADC have focused on the selectivity of monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) as well as drug mechanism of action, drug-linking, drug/antibody ratio (loading), and drug-releasing properties (Junutula, et al., 2008b Nature Biotech., 26(8):925-932; Doman et al., (2009) Blood 114(13):2721-2729; U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,521,541; 7,723,485; WO2009/052249; McDonagh (2006) Protein Eng. Design & Sel. 19(7): 299-307; Doronina et al., (2006) Bioconj. Chem. 17:114-124; Erickson et al., (2006) Cancer Res. 66(8): 1-8; et al., (2005) Clin. Cancer Res. 1 1:843-852; Jeffrey et al., (2005) J. Med. Chem. 48:1344-1358; Hamblett et al., (2004) Clin. Cancer Res. 10:7063-7070). Drug moieties may impart their cytotoxic and cytostatic effects by mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, proteasome and/or topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein receptor ligands.
In some aspects, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, for use as a drug in an antibody-drug conjugate. Suitably, a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, for use as a drug in an antibody-drug conjugate is prepared by attaching a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof to an antibody, either directly or via an optional linker group. Suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, is attached to an antibody via a linker group. Suitably, the antibody-drug conjugate is for use in for treatment of a disease, more specifically of a proliferative disease. Suitably, the drug may be attached by any suitable functional group that it contains to the antibody either directly or via a linker group. Typically, the drug contains, or can be modified to contain, one or more functional groups such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups for attaching the drug to the antibody either directly or via a linker group. In some aspects, the antibody of the antibody drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, such as, but not limited to a single chain antibody. In some aspects, one or more atoms or groups of the compound of formula (I) may be eliminated during the attachment of the drug to the antibody. In some aspects, the antibody binds to a cell surface receptor or a tumor-associated antigen.
In some aspects, the present invention relates to the use of a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, as a drug in an antibody-drug conjugate. Suitably, the use of a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, as a drug in an antibody-drug conjugate is accomplished by attaching a compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof to an antibody, either directly or via an optional linker group. Suitably, the compound of formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, tautomers, stereoisomers or mixtures thereof, is attached to an antibody via a linker group. Suitably, the antibody-drug conjugate is for use in for treatment of a disease, more specifically of a proliferative disease. Suitably, the drug may be attached by any suitable functional group that it contains to the antibody either directly or via a linker group. Typically, the drug contains, or can be modified to contain, one or more functional groups such as amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid groups for attaching the drug to the antibody either directly or via a linker group. In some aspects, the antibody of the antibody drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, such as, but not limited to a single chain antibody. In some aspects, one or more atoms or groups of the compound of formula (I) may be eliminated during the attachment of the drug to the antibody. In some aspects, the antibody binds to a cell surface receptor or a tumor-associated antigen.
The substituent groups of the compounds of formula (I) may interact with DNA sequences and may be selected so as to target specific sequences. In particular, the sigma hole groups in compounds of formula (I) may be selected and positioned to target specific sequences. Hence, when the substituent groups are tailored in this way, the compounds of formula (I) find application in targeted chemotherapy.
Antibody and Antibody Fragments
The term “antibody” specifically covers monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, dimers, multimers, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), intact antibodies and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity, for example, the ability to bind a desired antigen on a target cell or tissue.
Antibodies may be murine, human, humanized, chimeric, or derived from other species. An antibody is a protein generated by the immune system that is capable of recognizing and binding to a specific antigen. (Janeway, C, Travers, P., Walport, M., Shlomchik (2001) Immuno Biology, 5th Ed., Garland Publishing, New York). A target antigen generally has numerous binding sites, also called epitopes, recognized by CDRs on the antibody. Each antibody that specifically binds to a different epitope has a different structure. Thus, one antigen may have more than one corresponding antibody. An antibody includes a full-length immunoglobulin molecule or an immunologically active portion of a full-length immunoglobulin molecule, i.e., a molecule that contains an antigen binding site that immunospecifically binds an antigen of a target of interest or part thereof, such targets including but not limited to, cancer cell or cells that produce autoimmune antibodies associated with an autoimmune disease. The immunoglobulin can be of any type (e.g. IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD, and IgA), class (e.g. lgG1, lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, lgA1 and lgA2) or subclass, or allotype (e.g. human G1 m1, G1 m2, G1 m3, non-G1 m1 [that, is any allotype other than G1 m1], G1 m17, G2m23, G3m21, G3m28, G3m1 1, G3m5, G3m13, G3m14, G3m10, G3m15, G3m16, G3m6, G3m24, G3m26, G3m27, A2m1, A2m2, Km1, Km2 and Km3) of immunoglobulin molecule. The immunoglobulins can be derived from any species, including human, murine, or rabbit origin.
As used herein, “binds an epitope” is used to mean the antibody binds an epitope with a higher affinity than a non-specific partner such as Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA, Genbank accession no. CAA76847, version no. CAA76847.1 Gl:3336842, record update date: Jan. 7, 2011 02:30 PM). In some embodiments the antibody binds an epitope with an association constant (Ka) at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 104, 105 or 106-fold higher than the antibody's association constant for BSA, when measured at physiological conditions.
The term “antibody fragment” refers to a portion of a full length antibody, for example, the antigen binding or variable region thereof. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and scFv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; fragments produced by a Fab expression library, anti-idiotypic (anti-Id) antibodies, CDR (complementary determining region), single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments and epitope-binding fragments of any of the above which immunospecifically bind to target antigens, such as, for example, cancer cell antigens, viral antigens or microbial antigens. The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e. the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant or epitope on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by the hybridoma method first described by Kohler et al (1975) Nature 256:495, or may be made by recombinant DNA methods (see, U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567). The monoclonal antibodies may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al (1991) Nature, 352:624-628; Marks et al (1991) J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 or from transgenic mice carrying a fully human immunoglobulin system (Lonberg (2008) Curr. Opinion 20(4):450-459).
The antibodies, including monoclonal antibodies, herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies in which a portion of the antibody structure, for example the heavy and/or light chain, is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855). Chimeric antibodies include “primatized” antibodies comprising variable domain antigen-binding sequences derived from a non-human primate (e.g. Old World Monkey or Ape) and human constant region sequences. An “intact antibody” herein is one comprising VL and VH domains, as well as a light chain constant domain (CL) and heavy chain constant domains, CH1, CH2 and CH3. The constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g. human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variant thereof. The intact antibody may have one or more “effector functions” which refer to those biological activities attributable to the Fc region (a native sequence Fc region or amino acid sequence variant Fc region) of an antibody. Examples of antibody effector functions include C1 q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity; Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; and down regulation of cell surface receptors such as B cell receptor and BCR.
Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, intact antibodies can be assigned to different “classes.” There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into “subclasses” (isotypes), e.g., lgG1, lgG2, lgG3, lgG4, IgA, and lgA2. The heavy-chain constant domains that correspond to the different classes of antibodies are called α, δ, ε, γ, and μ, respectively. The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of immunoglobulins are well known.
The antibodies disclosed herein may be modified. For example, to make them less immunogenic to a human subject. This may be achieved using any of a number of techniques familiar to the person skilled in the art, such as humanisation.
Tumor-Associated Antigens:
Anti-CD22 Antibodies
In certain embodiments, the anti-CD22 antibodies of an ADC comprises three light chain hypervariable regions (HVR-L1, HVR-L2 and HVR-L3) and three heavy chain hypervariable regions (HVR-H1, HVR-H2 and HVR-H3), according to U.S. Pat. No. 8,226,945:
Anti-Ly6E Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-Ly6E antibodies. Lymphocyte antigen 6 complex, locus E (Ly6E), also known as retinoic acid induced gene E (RIG-E) and stem cell antigen 2 (SCA-2). It is a GPI linked, 131 amino acid length, ˜8.4 kDa protein of unknown function with no known binding partners. It was initially identified as a transcript expressed in immature thymocyte, thymic medullary epithelial cells in mice (Mao, et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 93:5910-5914). In some embodiments, the invention provides an immunoconjugate comprising an anti-Ly6E antibody described in PCT Publication No. WO 2013/177055.
In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-Ly6E antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 14; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-Ly6E antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-Ly6E antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-Ly6E antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-Ly6E antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to Ly6E. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 8. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-Ly6E antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.
In another aspect, an anti-Ly6E antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-Ly6E antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to Ly6E. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 7. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-Ly6E antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-Ly6E antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 8 and SEQ ID NO: 7, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-Ly6E antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-Ly6E antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-Ly6E antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-Ly6E antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgGl antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein. In some embodiments, an immunoconjugate (ADC) comprises an anti-Ly6E antibody comprising a heavy chain and a light chain comprising the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 16 and 15, respectively.
Anti-HER2 Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-HER2 antibodies. In one embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., huMAb4D5-1, huMAb4D5-2, huMAb4D5-3, huMAb4D5-4, huMAb4D5-5, huMAb4D5-6, huMAb4D5-7 and huMAb4D5-8, as described in Table 3 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337, which is specifically incorporated by reference herein. Those antibodies contain human framework regions with the complementarity-determining regions of a murine antibody (4D5) that binds to HER2. The humanized antibody huMAb4D5-8 is also referred to as trastuzumab, commercially available under the tradename HERCEPTIN®. In another embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized anti-HER2 antibody, e.g., humanized 2C4, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,862,817. An exemplary humanized 2C4 antibody is pertuzumab, commercially available under the tradename PERJETA®.
In another embodiment of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an ADC of the invention comprises a humanized 7C2 anti-HER2 antibody. A humanized 7C2 antibody is an anti-HER2 antibody.
In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-HER2 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, 27, or 28; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24 or 29; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-HER2 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, 27, or 28; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24 or 29. In one aspect, the invention provides an immunoconjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, 27, or 28; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24 or 29. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, 27, or 28, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 24 or 29; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 24; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, 27, or 28; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24 or 29; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-HER2 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-HER2 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-HER2 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-HER2 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to HER2. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 18. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 18. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-HER2 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24.
In another aspect, an anti-HER2 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-HER2 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to HER2. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 17. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 17. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-HER2 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-HER2 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 18 and SEQ ID NO: 17, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the humanized 7C2.v2.2.LA (hu7C2) K149C kappa light chain sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30 In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the Hu7C2 A118C IgG1 heavy chain sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugates comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-HER2 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided, comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-HER2 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-HER2 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-HER2 antibody of an immunoconjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody that is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgGl antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.
Anti-MUC16 Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-MUC16 antibodies.
In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-MUC16 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33 and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 37; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35 (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-MUC16 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-MUC16 antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-MUC16 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-MUC16 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to MUC16. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 39. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 39. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-MUC16 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37.
In another aspect, an anti-MUC16 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:38 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-MUC16 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to MUC16. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 38. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 38. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-MUC16 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-MUC16 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 39 and SEQ ID NO: 38, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-MUC16 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-MUC16 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-MUC16 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-MUC16 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgG1 antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.
Anti-STEAP-1 Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-STEAP-1 antibodies.
In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44 and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 42; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40 (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to STEAP-1. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 46. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 46. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42.
In another aspect, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to STEAP-1. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 47 In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 47. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-STEAP-1 antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 46 and SEQ ID NO: 47, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-STEAP-1 antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-STEAP-1 antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-STEAP-1 antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgGl antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.
Anti-NaPi2b Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-NaPi2b antibodies. In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-NaPi2b antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52 and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 50; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52, and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48 (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-NaPi2b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-NaPi2b antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-NaPi2b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-NaPi2b antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to NaPi2b. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 54. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 54. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-NaPi2b antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50.
In another aspect, an anti-NaPi2b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-NaPi2b antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to anti-NaPi2b. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 55. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-NaPi2b antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-NaPi2b antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 54 and SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-NaPi2b antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-NaPi2b antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-NaPi2b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-NaPi2b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgGl antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.
Anti-CD79b Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an ADC comprises anti-CD79b antibodies. In some embodiments, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-CD79b antibody comprising at least one, two, three, four, five, or six HVRs selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60. In a further embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate of the invention comprises an antibody comprising (a) a VH domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VH HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58, (ii) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59, and (iii) HVR-H3 comprising an amino acid sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 60; and (b) a VL domain comprising at least one, at least two, or all three VL HVR sequences selected from (i) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61, (ii) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62, and (iii) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
In another aspect, the invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an antibody that comprises (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58; (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59; (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60; (d) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (e) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (f) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
In any of the above embodiments, an anti-CD79b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is humanized. In one embodiment, an anti-CD79b antibody comprises HVRs as in any of the above embodiments, and further comprises a human acceptor framework, e.g. a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework.
In another aspect, an anti-CD79b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate comprises a heavy chain variable domain (VH) sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56. In certain embodiments, a VH sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-CD79b antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to CD79b. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 56. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 56. In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-CD79b antibody comprises the VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VH comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from: (a) HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58, (b) HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59, and (c) HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60.
In another aspect, an anti-CD79b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a light chain variable domain (VL) having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57. In certain embodiments, a VL sequence having at least 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57 contains substitutions (e.g., conservative substitutions), insertions, or deletions relative to the reference sequence, but an anti-CD79b antibody comprising that sequence retains the ability to bind to CD79b. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 10 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 57. In certain embodiments, a total of 1 to 5 amino acids have been substituted, inserted and/or deleted in SEQ ID NO: 57. In certain embodiments, the substitutions, insertions, or deletions occur in regions outside the HVRs (i.e., in the FRs). Optionally, the anti-CD79b antibody comprises the VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57, including post-translational modifications of that sequence. In a particular embodiment, the VL comprises one, two or three HVRs selected from (a) HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61; (b) HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62; and (c) HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63.
In another aspect, an antibody-drug conjugate comprising an anti-CD79b antibody is provided, wherein the antibody comprises a VH as in any of the embodiments provided above, and a VL as in any of the embodiments provided above.
In one embodiment, an antibody-drug conjugate is provided, wherein the antibody comprises the VH and VL sequences in SEQ ID NO: 56 and SEQ ID NO: 57, respectively, including post-translational modifications of those sequences.
In a further aspect, provided herein are antibody-drug conjugate comprising antibodies that bind to the same epitope as an anti-CD79b antibody provided herein. For example, in certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate is provided comprising an antibody that binds to the same epitope as an anti-CD79b antibody comprising a VH sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56 and a VL sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57, respectively.
In a further aspect of the invention, an anti-CD79b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate according to any of the above embodiments is a monoclonal antibody, including a human antibody. In one embodiment, an anti-CD79b antibody of an antibody-drug conjugate is an antibody fragment, e.g., a Fv, Fab, Fab′, scFv, diabody, or F(ab′)2 fragment. In another embodiment, the antibody is a substantially full length antibody, e.g., an IgGl antibody, IgG2a antibody or other antibody class or isotype as defined herein.
Human HER2 Precursor Protein
Details of an exemplary human HER2 precursor protein with signal sequences is provided below
Antibody Affinity
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≤1 μM, ≤100 nM, ≤50 nM, ≤10 nM, ≤5 nM, ≤1 nM, ≤0.1 nM, ≤0.01 nM, or s 0.001 nM, and optionally is ≥10−13 M. (e.g. 10−8 M or less, e.g. from 10−8 M to 10−13 M, e.g., from 10−9 M to 10−13 M).
In one embodiment, Kd is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen as described by the following assay. Solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of (125I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881(1999)). To establish conditions for the assay, MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 μg/ml of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C.). In a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620), 100 μM or 26 μM [125I]-antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment of the anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997)). The Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 μl/well of scintillant (MICROSCF T-20™; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNT™ gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
According to another embodiment, Kd is measured using surface plasmon resonance assays using a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, NJ) at 25° C. with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ˜10 response units (RU). Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, BIACORE, Inc.) are activated with N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethyl-aminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 μg/ml (−0.2 μM) before injection at a flow rate of 5 μl/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20™) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 μl/min. Association rates (kon) and dissociation rates (koff) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio koff/kon, See, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 (1999). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M−1 s−1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25° C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophotometer (Aviv Instalments) or a 8000-series SLM-AMINCO spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a stirred cuvette.
Antibody Fragments
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is an antibody fragment.
Antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)2, Fv, and scFv fragments, and other fragments described below. For a review of certain antibody fragments, see Hudson et al. Nat. Med. 9: 129-134 (2003). For a review of scFv fragments, see, e.g., Pluckthün, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., (Springer-Verlag, New York), pp. 269-315 (1994); see also WO 93/16185; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,894 and 5,587,458. For discussion of Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments comprising salvage receptor binding epitope residues and having increased in vivo half-life, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,046.
Diabodies are antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites that may be bivalent or bispecific. See, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9: 129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9: 129-134 (2003).
Single-domain antibodies are antibody fragments comprising all or a portion of the heavy chain variable domain or all or a portion of the light chain variable domain of an antibody. In certain embodiments, a single-domain antibody is a human single-domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, MA; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,516).
Antibody fragments can be made by various techniques, including but not limited to proteolytic digestion of an intact antibody as well as production by recombinant host cells (e.g. E. coli or phage), as described herein.
Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a chimeric antibody. Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)). In one example, a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region. In a further example, a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
In certain embodiments, a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody. Typically, a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody. Generally, a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences. A humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region. In some embodiments, some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
Humanized antibodies and methods of making them are reviewed, e.g., in Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13: 1619-1633 (2008), and are further described, e.g., in Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); Queen et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86: 10029-10033 (1989); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,821,337, 7,527,791, 6,982,321, and 7,087,409; Kashmiri et al, Methods 36:25-34 (2005) (describing SDR (a-CDR) grafting); Padlan, Mol. Immunol. 28:489-498 (1991) (describing “resurfacing”); Dall'Acqua et al., Methods 36:43-60 (2005) (describing “FR shuffling”); and Osbourn et al., Methods 36:61-68 (2005) and Klimka et al., Br. J. Cancer, 83:252-260 (2000) (describing the “guided selection” approach to FR shuffling).
Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims et al. J. Immunol. 151:2296 (1993)); framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); and Presta et al. J. Immunol, 151:2623 (1993)); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13: 1619-1633 (2008)); and framework regions derived from screening FR libraries (see, e.g., Baca et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272: 10678-10684 (1997) and Rosok et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:22611-22618 (1996)).
Human Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a human antibody. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008).
Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge. Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes. In such transgenic mice, the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated. For review of methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic animals, see Lonberg, Nat. Biotech. 23: 1117-1125 (2005). See also, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 describing XENOMOUSE™ technology; U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429 describing HuMAB® technology; U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,870 describing K-M MOUSE® technology, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0061900, describing VELOCIMOUSE® technology). Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.
Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor J. Immunol, 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006). Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas). Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3): 185-91 (2005).
Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
Library-Derived Antibodies
Antibodies of the invention may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N J, 2001) and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554; Clackson et al., Nature 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Marks and Bradbury, Methods in Molecular Biology 248: 161-175 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N J, 2003); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. P Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132(2004).
In certain phage display methods, repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol, 12: 433-455 (1994). Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments. Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol, 227: 381-388 (1992). Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000, 2007/0117126, 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.
Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
Multispecific Antibodies
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody. Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites. In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of the same target. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express the target. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments.
Techniques for making multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305: 537 (1983)), WO 93/08829, and Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 10: 3655 (1991)), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). The term “knob-into-hole” or “KnH” technology as used herein refers to the technology directing the pairing of two polypeptides together in vitro or in vivo by introducing a protuberance (knob) into one polypeptide and a cavity (hole) into the other polypeptide at an interface in which they interact. For example, KnHs have been introduced in the Fc:Fc binding interfaces, CL:CH1 interfaces or VH/VL interfaces of antibodies (see, e.g., US 2011/0287009, US2007/0178552, WO 96/027011, WO 98/050431, Zhu et al., 1997, Protein Science 6:781-788, and WO2012/106587). In some embodiments, KnHs drive the pairing of two different heavy chains together during the manufacture of multispecific antibodies. For example, multispecific antibodies having KnH in their Fc regions can further comprise single variable domains linked to each Fc region, or further comprise different heavy chain variable domains that pair with similar or different light chain variable domains. KnH technology can be also be used to pair two different receptor extracellular domains together or any other polypeptide sequences that comprises different target recognition sequences (e.g., including affibodies, peptibodies and other Fc fusions).
The term “knob mutation” as used herein refers to a mutation that introduces a protuberance (knob) into a polypeptide at an interface in which the polypeptide interacts with another polypeptide. In some embodiments, the other polypeptide has a hole mutation.
The term “hole mutation” as used herein refers to a mutation that introduces a cavity (hole) into a polypeptide at an interface in which the polypeptide interacts with another polypeptide. In some embodiments, the other polypeptide has a knob mutation.
A brief nonlimiting discussion is provided below.
A “protuberance” refers to at least one amino acid side chain which projects from the interface of a first polypeptide and is therefore positionable in a compensatory cavity in the adjacent interface (i.e. the interface of a second polypeptide) so as to stabilize the heteromultimer, and thereby favor heteromultimer formation over homomultimer formation, for example. The protuberance may exist in the original interface or may be introduced synthetically (e.g., by altering nucleic acid encoding the interface). In some embodiments, nucleic acid encoding the interface of the first polypeptide is altered to encode the protuberance. To achieve this, the nucleic acid encoding at least one “original” amino acid residue in the interface of the first polypeptide is replaced with nucleic acid encoding at least one “import” amino acid residue which has a larger side chain volume than the original amino acid residue. It will be appreciated that there can be more than one original and corresponding import residue. The side chain volumes of the various amino residues are shown, for example, in Table 1 of US2011/0287009. A mutation to introduce a “protuberance” may be referred to as a “knob mutation.”
In some embodiments, import residues for the formation of a protuberance are naturally occurring amino acid residues selected from arginine (R), phenylalanine (F), tyrosine (Y) and tryptophan (W). In some embodiments, an import residue is tryptophan or tyrosine. In some embodiment, the original residue for the formation of the protuberance has a small side chain volume, such as alanine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glycine, serine, threonine or valine.
A “cavity” refers to at least one amino acid side chain which is recessed from the interface of a second polypeptide and therefore accommodates a corresponding protuberance on the adjacent interface of a first polypeptide. The cavity may exist in the original interface or may be introduced synthetically (e.g. by altering nucleic acid encoding the interface). In some embodiments, nucleic acid encoding the interface of the second polypeptide is altered to encode the cavity. To achieve this, the nucleic acid encoding at least one “original” amino acid residue in the interface of the second polypeptide is replaced with DNA encoding at least one “import” amino acid residue which has a smaller side chain volume than the original amino acid residue. It will be appreciated that there can be more than one original and corresponding import residue. In some embodiments, import residues for the formation of a cavity are naturally occurring amino acid residues selected from alanine (A), serine (S), threonine (T) and valine (V). In some embodiments, an import residue is serine, alanine or threonine. In some embodiments, the original residue for the formation of the cavity has a large side chain volume, such as tyrosine, arginine, phenylalanine or tryptophan. A mutation to introduce a “cavity” may be referred to as a “hole mutation.”
The protuberance is “positionable” in the cavity which means that the spatial location of the protuberance and cavity on the interface of a first polypeptide and second polypeptide respectively and the sizes of the protuberance and cavity are such that the protuberance can be located in the cavity without significantly perturbing the normal association of the first and second polypeptides at the interface. Since protuberances such as Tyr, Phe and Trp do not typically extend perpendicularly from the axis of the interface and have preferred conformations, the alignment of a protuberance with a corresponding cavity may, in some instances, rely on modeling the protuberance/cavity pair based upon a three-dimensional structure such as that obtained by X-ray crystallography or nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). This can be achieved using widely accepted techniques in the art.
In some embodiments, a knob mutation in an IgGl constant region is T366W (EU numbering). In some embodiments, a hole mutation in an IgGl constant region comprises one or more mutations selected from T366S, L368A and Y407V (EU numbering). In some embodiments, a hole mutation in an IgGl constant region comprises T366S, L368A and Y407V (EU numbering).
In some embodiments, a knob mutation in an IgG4 constant region is T366W (EU numbering). In some embodiments, a hole mutation in an IgG4 constant region comprises one or more mutations selected from T366S, L368A, and Y407V (EU numbering). In some embodiments, a hole mutation in an IgG4 constant region comprises T366S, L368A, and Y407V (EU numbering).
Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004A1); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, and Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985)); using leucine zippers to produce bi-specific antibodies (see, e.g., Kostelny et al., J. Immunol, 148(5): 1547-1553 (1992)); using “diabody” technology for making bispecific antibody fragments (see, e.g., Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993)); and using single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers (see, e.g. Gruber et al., J. Immunol, 152:5368 (1994)); and preparing trispecific antibodies as described, e.g., in Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991).
Engineered antibodies with three or more functional antigen binding sites, including “Octopus antibodies,” are also included herein (see, e.g. US 2006/0025576A1).
The antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to the target as well as another, different antigen (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).
Antibody Variants
In certain embodiments, amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
Substitution, Insertion, and Deletion Variants
In certain embodiments, antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided. Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs. Conservative substitutions are shown below in a Table of conservative substitutions under the heading of “preferred substitutions.” More substantial changes are provided in the Table under the heading of “exemplary substitutions,” and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes. Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:
Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody. An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).
Alterations (e.g., substitutions) may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207: 179-196 (2008)), and/or SDRs (a-CDRs), with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity. Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178: 1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, NJ, (2001).) In some embodiments of affinity maturation, diversity is introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis). A secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity. Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in HVRs. Such alterations may be outside of HVR “hotspots” or SDRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided above, each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
A useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244: 1081-1085. In this method, a residue or group of target residues (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) are identified and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (e.g., alanine or polyalanine) to determine whether the interaction of the antibody with antigen is affected. Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions. Alternatively, or additionally, a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex is used to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
Glycosylation Variants
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated. Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
Where the antibody comprises an Fc region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997). The oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
In one embodiment, antibody variants are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region. For example, the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%). The amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e. g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example. Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region (Eu numbering of Fc region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ±3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108; US 2004/0093621. Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336: 1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004). Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Led 3 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108; and WO 2004/056312, especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyl transferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); and US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al). Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).
Fc Region Variants
In certain embodiments, one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc region of an antibody provided herein, thereby generating an Fc region variant. The Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgGl, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions.
In certain embodiments, the invention contemplates an antibody variant that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious. In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks FcγR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcγRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcγRI, FcγRII and FcγRIII. FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991). Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 82: 1499-1502 (1985); 5,821,337 (see Bruggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166: 1351-1361 (1987)).
Alternatively, non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTI™ non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, CA; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, WI). Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998). C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202: 163 (1996); Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101:1045-1052 (2003); and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103:2738-2743 (2004)). FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int'l. Immunol. 18(12): 1759-1769 (2006)).
In some embodiments, one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc portion of the antibody provided herein in order to increase IgG binding to the neonatal Fc receptor. In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises the following three mutations according to EU numbering: M252Y, S254T, and T256E (the “YTE mutation”) (U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,650; see also Dall'Acqua et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 281(33):23514-23524 (2006). In certain embodiments, the YTE mutation does not affect the ability of the antibody to bind to its cognate antigen. In certain embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the antibody's serum half-life compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. In some embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the serum half-life of the antibody by 3-fold compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. In some embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the serum half-life of the antibody by 2-fold compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. In some embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the serum half-life of the antibody by 4-fold compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. In some embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the serum half-life of the antibody by at least 5-fold compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. In some embodiments, the YTE mutation increases the serum half-life of the antibody by at least 10-fold compared to the native (i.e., non-YTE mutant) antibody. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,650; see also Dall'Acqua et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 281(33):23514-23524 (2006).
In certain embodiments, the YTE mutant provides a means to modulate antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) activity of the antibody. In certain embodiments, the YTEO mutant provides a means to modulate ADCC activity of a humanized IgG antibody directed against a human antigen. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,650; see also Dall'Acqua et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 281(33):23514-23524 (2006).
In certain embodiments, the YTE mutant allows the simultaneous modulation of serum half-life, tissue distribution, and antibody activity (e.g., the ADCC activity of an IgG antibody). See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,697,650; see also Dall'Acqua et al., Journal of Biological Chemistry 281(33):23514-23524 (2006).
Antibodies with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056). Such Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).
In certain embodiments, the proline at position 329 (EU numbering) (P329) of a wild-type human Fc region is substituted with glycine or arginine or an amino acid residue large enough to destroy the proline sandwich within the Fc/Fc gamma receptor interface, that is formed between the P329 of the Fe and tryptophane residues W87 and W110 of FcgRIII (Sondermann et al., Nature 406, 267-273 (20 Jul. 2000)). In a further embodiment, at least one further amino acid substitution in the Fc variant is S228P, E233P, L234A, L235A, L235E, N297A, N297D, or P331S and still in another embodiment said at least one further amino acid substitution is L234A and L235A of the human IgGl Fc region or S228P and L235E of the human IgG4 Fc region, all according to EU numbering (U.S. Pat. No. 8,969,526 which is incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In certain embodiments, a polypeptide comprises the Fc variant of a wild-type human IgG Fc region wherein the polypeptide has P329 of the human IgG Fc region substituted with glycine and wherein the Fc variant comprises at least two further amino acid substitutions at L234A and L235A of the human IgGl Fc region or S228P and L235E of the human IgG4 Fc region, and wherein the residues are numbered according to the EU numbering (U.S. Pat. No. 8,969,526 which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). In certain embodiments, the polypeptide comprising the P329G, L234A and L235A (EU numbering) substitutions exhibit a reduced affinity to the human FcγRIIIA and FcγRIIA, for down-modulation of ADCC to at least 20% of the ADCC induced by the polypeptide comprising the wildtype human IgG Fc region, and/or for down-modulation of ADCP (U.S. Pat. No. 8,969,526 which is incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In a specific embodiment the polypeptide comprising an Fc variant of a wildtype human Fc polypeptide comprises a triple mutation: an amino acid substitution at position Pro329, a L234A and a L235A mutation according to EU numbering (P329/LALA) (U.S. Pat. No. 8,969,526 which is incorporated by reference in its entirety). In specific embodiments, the polypeptide comprises the following amino acid substitutions: P329G, L234A, and L235A according to EU numbering.
Certain antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs are described. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056; WO 2004/056312, and Shields et al., J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).)
In certain embodiments, an antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues).
In some embodiments, alterations are made in the Fc region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).
Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24:249 (1994)), are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al.). Those antibodies comprise an Fc region with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn. Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826). See also Duncan & Winter, Nature 322:738-40 (1988); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,260; 5,624,821; and WO 94/29351 concerning other examples of Fc region variants.
Cysteine Engineered Antibody Variants
In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to create cysteine engineered antibodies, e.g., a “THIOMAB™” or TDC, in which one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues. In particular embodiments, the substituted residues occur at sites of the antibody that are available for conjugation. By substituting those residues with cysteine, reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be used to conjugate the antibody to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein. In certain embodiments, any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: K149 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; A140 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; L174 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; Y373 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and 5400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region. In specific embodiments, the antibodies described herein comprise the HC-A140C (EU numbering) cysteine substitution. In specific embodiments, the antibodies described herein comprise the LC-K149C (Kabat numbering) cysteine substitution. In specific embodiments, the antibodies described herein comprise the HC-A118C (EU numbering) cysteine substitution. Cysteine engineered antibodies may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises one of the following heavy chain cysteine substitutions:
In certain embodiments, the antibody comprises one of the following light chain cysteine substitutions:
A nonlimiting exemplary hu7C2.v2.2.LA light chain (LC) K149C THIOMAB™ has the heavy chain and light chain amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 26 and 30, respectively. A nonlimiting exemplary hu7C2.v2.2.LA heavy chain (HC) A118C THIOMAB™ has the heavy chain and light chain amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 31 and 25, respectively.
Antibody Derivatives
In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. The moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol homopolymers, polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer is attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
In another embodiment, conjugates of an antibody and nonproteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided. In one embodiment, the nonproteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102: 11600-11605 (2005)). The radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the nonproteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the antibody-nonproteinaceous moiety are killed.
Recombinant Methods and Compositions
Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. In one embodiment, isolated nucleic acid encoding an antibody described herein is provided. Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the VL and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody (e.g., the light and/or heavy chains of the antibody). In a further embodiment, one or more vectors (e.g., expression vectors) comprising such nucleic acid are provided. In a further embodiment, a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided. In one such embodiment, a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody. In one embodiment, the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g. a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell or lymphoid cell (e.g., Y0, NS0 Sp20 cell). In one embodiment, a method of making an antibody is provided, wherein the method comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the antibody, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the antibody, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).
For recombinant production of an antibody, nucleic acid encoding an antibody, e.g., as described above, is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell. Such nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
Suitable host cells for cloning or expression of antibody-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein. For example, antibodies may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fe effector function are not needed. For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B. K. C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N T, 2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli.) After expression, the antibody may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.
In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized,” resulting in the production of an antibody with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern. See Gerngross, Nat. Biotech. 22: 1409-1414 (2004), and Li et al., Nat. Biotech. 24:210-215 (2006).
Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIES™ technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts. For example, mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful. Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse Sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980); monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK; buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells. Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR CHO cells (Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); and myeloma cell lines such as Y0, NS0 and Sp2/0. For a review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production, see, e.g., Yazaki and Wu, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B. K. C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, NJ), pp. 255-268 (2003).
Administration & Dose
Compounds of formula I may be administered alone or in combination with one or another or with one or more pharmacologically active compounds which are different from the compounds of formula I.
Compounds of the invention may suitably be combined with various components to produce compositions of the invention. Suitably the compositions are combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent to produce a pharmaceutical composition (which may be for human or animal use). Suitable carriers and diluents include isotonic saline solutions, for example phosphate-buffered saline. Useful pharmaceutical compositions and methods for their preparation may be found in standard pharmaceutical texts. See, for example, Handbook for Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd Edition (eds. M. Ash and I. Ash), 2007 (Synapse Information Resources, Inc., Endicott, New York, USA) and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition (ed. D. B. Troy) 2006 (Lippincott, Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia, USA) which are incorporated herein by reference.
The compounds of the invention may be administered by any suitable route. Suitably the compounds of the invention will normally be administered orally or by any parenteral route, in the form of pharmaceutical preparations comprising the active ingredient, optionally in the form of a non-toxic organic, or inorganic, acid, or base, addition salt, in a pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form.
The compounds of the invention, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and pharmaceutically acceptable solvates of either entity can be administered alone but will generally be administered in admixture with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient diluent or carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
For example, the compounds of the invention or salts or solvates thereof can be administered orally, buccally or sublingually in the form of tablets, capsules (including soft gel capsules), ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavouring or colouring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, controlled-release or pulsatile delivery applications. The compounds of the invention may also be administered via fast dispersing or fast dissolving dosages forms.
Such tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycollate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and tale may be included.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include lactose, starch, a cellulose, milk sugar or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the compounds of the invention may be combined with various sweetening or flavouring agents, colouring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
Modified release and pulsatile release dosage forms may contain excipients such as those detailed for immediate release dosage forms together with additional excipients that act as release rate modifiers, these being coated on and/or included in the body of the device. Release rate modifiers include, but are not exclusively limited to, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethyl cellulose, cellulose acetate, polyethylene oxide, Xanthan gum, Carbomer, ammonio methacrylate copolymer, hydrogenated castor oil, carnauba wax, paraffin wax, cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose phthalate, methacrylic acid copolymer and mixtures thereof. Modified release and pulsatile release dosage forms may contain one or a combination of release rate modifying excipients. Release rate modifying excipients may be present both within the dosage form i.e. within the matrix, and/or on the dosage form i.e. upon the surface or coating.
Fast dispersing or dissolving dosage formulations (FDDFs) may contain the following ingredients: aspartame, acesulfame potassium, citric acid, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone, diascorbic acid, ethyl acrylate, ethyl cellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, magnesium stearate, mannitol, methyl methacrylate, mint flavouring, polyethylene glycol, fumed silica, silicon dioxide, sodium starch glycolate, sodium stearyl fumarate, sorbitol, xylitol.
The compounds of the invention can also be administered parenterally, for example, intravenously, intra-arterially, or they may be administered by infusion techniques. For such parenteral administration they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well-known to those skilled in the art.
Suitably formulation of the invention is optimised for the route of administration e.g. oral, intravenously, etc.
Administration may be in one dose, continuously or intermittently (e.g. in divided doses at appropriate intervals) during the course of treatment. Methods of determining the most effective means and dosage are well known to a skilled person and will vary with the formulation used for therapy, the purpose of the therapy, the target cell(s) being treated, and the subject being treated. Single or multiple administrations can be carried out with the dose level and the dose regimen being selected by the treating physician, veterinarian, or clinician.
Depending upon the disorder and patient to be treated, as well as the route of administration, the compositions may be administered at varying doses. For example, a typical dosage for an adult human may be 100 ng to 25 mg (suitably about 1 micro g to about 10 mg) per kg body weight of the subject per day.
Suitably guidance may be taken from studies in test animals when estimating an initial dose for human subjects. For example when a particular dose is identified for mice, suitably an initial test dose for humans may be approx. 0.5× to 2× the mg/Kg value given to mice.
Other Forms
Unless otherwise specified, included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference to carboxylic acid (—COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (—COO—), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (—N+HR1R2), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group. Similarly, a reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (—O—), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
Isomers, Salts and Solvates
Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r-forms; endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and l-forms; (+) and (−) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms; alpha- and beta-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as “isomers” (or “isomeric forms”).
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term “isomers”, as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, —OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, —CH2OH.
A reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g. C1-7 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxyphenyl).
The above exclusion does not apply to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol, imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
Note that specifically included in the term “isomer” are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; O may be in any isotopic form, including 16O and 18O; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof.
Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound also includes ionic, salt, solvate, and protected forms of thereof, for example, as discussed below.
In some embodiments, the compound of formula (I) and salts and solvates thereof, comprises pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of formula (I).
Compounds of Formula (I), which include compounds specifically named above, may form pharmaceutically acceptable complexes, salts, solvates and hydrates. These salts include nontoxic acid addition salts (including di-acids) and base salts.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g. —NH2 may be —NH3+), then an acid addition salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, nitrous acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, sulphurous acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, phosphoric acid and phosphorous acids. Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose. Such salts include acetate, adipate, aspartate, benzoate, besylate, bicarbonate, carbonate, bisulfate, sulfate, borate, camsylate, citrate, cyclamate, edisylate, esylate, formate, fumarate, gluceptate, gluconate, glucuronate, hexafluorophosphate, hibenzate, hydrochloride/chloride, hydrobromide/bromide, hydroiodide/iodide, isethionate, lactate, malate, maleate, malonate, mesylate, methylsulfonate, naphthylate, 2-napsylate, nicotinate, nitrate, orotate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, phosphate, hydrogen phosphate, dihydrogen phosphate, pyroglutamate, saccharate, stearate, succinate, tannate, tartrate, tosylate, trifluoroacetate and xinofoate salts.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic (e.g. —COOH may be —COO—), then a base salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, metal cations, such as an alkali or alkaline earth metal cation, ammonium and substituted ammonium cations, as well as amines. Examples of suitable metal cations include sodium (Na+) potassium (K+), magnesium (Mg2+), calcium (Ca2+), zinc (Zn2+), and aluminum (Al3+). Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e. NH4+) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g. NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NR4+). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4+. Examples of suitable amines include arginine, N,N′-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethylamine, diethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, glycine, lysine, N-methylglucamine, olamine, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-propane-1,3-diol, and procaine. For a discussion of useful acid addition and base salts, see S. M. Berge et al., J. Pharm. Sci. (1977) 66:1-19; see also Stahl and Wermuth, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use (2011) Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be prepared using various methods. For example, one may react a compound of Formula 1 with an appropriate acid or base to give the desired salt. One may also react a precursor of the compound of Formula 1 with an acid or base to remove an acid- or base-labile protecting group or to open a lactone or lactam group of the precursor. Additionally, one may convert a salt of the compound of Formula 1 to another salt through treatment with an appropriate acid or base or through contact with an ion exchange resin. Following reaction, one may then isolate the salt by filtration if it precipitates from solution, or by evaporation to recover the salt. The degree of ionization of the salt may vary from completely ionized to almost non-ionized.
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the active compound. The term “solvate” describes a molecular complex comprising the compound and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules (e.g., EtOH). The term “hydrate” is a solvate in which the solvent is water. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include those in which the solvent may be isotopically substituted (e.g., D2O, acetone-d6, DMSO-d6).
A currently accepted classification system for solvates and hydrates of organic compounds is one that distinguishes between isolated site, channel, and metal-ion coordinated solvates and hydrates. See, e.g., K. R. Morris (H. G. Brittain ed.) Polymorphism in Pharmaceutical Solids (1995). Isolated site solvates and hydrates are ones in which the solvent (e.g., water) molecules are isolated from direct contact with each other by intervening molecules of the organic compound. In channel solvates, the solvent molecules lie in lattice channels where they are next to other solvent molecules. In metal-ion coordinated solvates, the solvent molecules are bonded to the metal ion.
When the solvent or water is tightly bound, the complex will have a well-defined stoichiometry independent of humidity. When, however, the solvent or water is weakly bound, as in channel solvates and in hygroscopic compounds, the water or solvent content will depend on humidity and drying conditions.v In such cases, non-stoichiometry will typically be observed.
Embodiments of the present invention will now be described further, with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
FIG. 1 shows a general synthetic scheme for preparing biaryl components;
FIG. 2 shows a DNA footprint (right panel) showing the interaction of compounds 16, 22, 28 and 33 with the MS1 DNA fragment (left panel) where the ligand concentrations are shown at the top of the gel, and DNA footprints are indicated using solid bars;
FIG. 3 shows a snapshot of a molecular dynamics simulation illustrating the accommodation of compound 16 in the DNA Minor Groove of 5′-CAATTAGGGCGTGA-3′ (binding site indicated in bold);
FIG. 4 shows a graph illustrating transcription factor downregulation profile of 16;
FIG. 5 shows a graph of the HIC profile of Trastuzumab-37. Average DAR calculated as 1.6 with the DAR species assigned starting with DAR 0;
FIG. 6 shows the SEC profile of Trastuzumab-37; 74.4% monomer, 21.3% dimer, 4.3% HMW as indicated;
FIG. 7 shows a graph illustrating free toxin linker traces of the Trastuzumab-37 sample. A limited amount of free toxin linker could be detected in the ADC trace. Red: 5 pmol 37. Blue: Trastuzumab-37 after protein precipitation; the identified peaks show residual proteinaceous material;
FIG. 8 shows in vivo efficacy profile of Trastuzumab-37 in CAPAN-1 (HER2++ pancreatic cell line) after a single dose of 2 mg/kg (day 1).
Although illustrative embodiments of the invention have been disclosed in detail herein, with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is understood that the invention is not limited to the precise embodiment and that various changes and modifications can be effected therein by one skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims and their equivalents.
General Remarks
Reagents were purchased from Standard commercial suppliers. Solvents were purchased from VWR (UK). Anhydrous reactions were carried out in pre-oven-dried glassware under an inert atmosphere of argon. Anhydrous solvents were used as purchased without further drying. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254), and flash column chromatography was carried out either manually, using silica gel (Merck 9385, 230-400 mesh ASTM, 40-63 μM) (whilst monitoring by thin layer chromatography: UV (254 nm) and an aqueous alkaline solution of potassium permanganate as stain), or using a Biotage Isolera 1 Chromatography System coupled to Dalton mass spectrometer. All NMR spectra were obtained at room temperature using a Varian Mercury Vx, Agilent 400 Hz spectrometer, for which chemical shifts are expressed in ppm relative to the solvent and coupling constants are expressed in Hz. Microwave reactions were carried out on a Biotage Initiator+ microwave synthesis reactor. HRMS was performed on a Thermo Scientific-Exactive HCD Orbitrap Mass Spectrometer. Yields refer to isolated material (homogeneous by TLC or NMR) unless otherwise stated and names are assigned according to IUPAC nomenclature. All Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectroscopy (LCMS) analysis was performed on a Waters Alliance 2695 with water (A) and acetonitrile (B) comprising the mobile phases. Formic acid (0.1%) was added to both acetonitrile and water to ensure acidic conditions throughout the analysis. Function type: Diode array (535 scans). Column type: Monolithic C18 50×4.60 mm. Mass spectrometry data were collected using a Waters Micromass ZQ instrument coupled to a Waters 2695 HPLC with a Waters 2996 PDA. Waters Micromass ZQ parameters used were: Capillary (kV), 3.38; Cone (V), 35; Extractor (V), 3.0; Source temperature (° C.), 100; De-solvation Temperature (° C.), 200; Cone flow rate (L/h), 50; De-solvation flow rate (L/h), 250. LCMS gradient conditions are described below (Methods A & B).
Method A (10 min): from 95% A/5% B to 50% B over 3 min. Then from 50% B to 80% B over 2 min. Then from 80% B to 95% B over 1.5 min and held constant for 1.5 min. This was then reduced to 5% B over 0.2 min and maintained to 5% B for 1.8 min. The flow rate was 0.5 mL/min, 200 μL was split via a zero dead volume T piece which passed into the mass spectrometer. The wavelength range of the UV detector was 220-400 nm.
Method B (5 min): from 95% A/5% B to 90% B over 3 min. Then from 90% B to 95% B over 0.5 min and held constant for 1 min. This was then reduced to 5% B over 0.5 min.
The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min, 100 μL was split via a zero dead volume T piece which passed into the mass spectrometer. The wavelength range of the UV detector was 220-500 nm.
General Synthetic Scheme
A general synthetic scheme for preparing compounds with groups AM2 or AM3 is shown in Scheme 1, below.
A general synthetic scheme for preparing biaryl components is shown in FIG. 1. The steps in FIG. 1 use the following reagents:
A mixture of vanillin (20.0 g, 131 mmol), methyl 4-bromobutanoate (17.5 mL, 139 mmol) and potassium carbonate (27.2 g, 197 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl-formamide (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (500 mL) and the title compound (30.2 g, 91%) was obtained by filtration as a white solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.84 (s, 1H), 7.46-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.98 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.56 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.20 (quin, J=6.7 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 190-9, 173.4, 153.8, 149.9, 130.1, 126.8, 111.6, 109.2, 67.8, 56.0, 51.7, 30.3, 24.2; MS (ES+): m/z=253 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.48 min.
To a stirring solution of potassium nitrate (10.0 g, 98.9 mmol) in TFA (50 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a solution of methyl 4-(4-formyl-2-methoxy-phenoxy)butanoate (1) (20.0 g, 79.2 mmol) in TFA (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. It was then concentrated in vacuo and diluted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (3×100 mL) and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (2×80 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (23.5 g, 100%) as a yellow solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.42 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 4.21 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.22 (quin, J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 187.8, 173.2, 153.5, 151.7, 143.8, 125.5, 109.9, 108.1, 68.6, 56.6, 51.8, 30.2, 24.1; MS (ES+): m/z=298 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.97 min.
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-formyl-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoate (2) (23.0 g, 77.4 mmol) in acetone (600 mL) was added a hot (70° C.) solution of potassium permanganate (46.0 g, 291 mmol) in water (400 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and passed through celite. The cake of celite was washed with hot water (200 mL). A solution of sodium bisulfite in hydrochloric acid (1 M, 200 mL) was added to the filtrate which was extracted with dichloromethane (2×400 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 50%), to give the title compound (17.0 g, 70%) as a pale yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.47 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 4.13 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.54 (t, J=70.2 Hz, 2H), 2.17-2.06 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, MeOD) δ 175.3, 168.6, 153.8, 151.3, 143.1, 122.8, 112.4, 109.2, 69.6, 57.0, 52.2, 31.2, 25.5; MS (ES+): m/z=314 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.22 min.
A mixture of 5-methoxy-4-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutoxy)-2-nitrobenzoic acid (3) (8.00 g, 25.5 mmol), oxalyl chloride (6.60 mL, 77.0 mmol) and anhydrous N,N-dimethyl-formamide (2 drops) in anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Anhydrous toluene (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture which was then concentrated in vacuo. A solution of the resulting residue in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol (3.80 g, 33.4 mmol) and triethylamine (10.7 mL, 77.0 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (90 mL) at −10° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and then washed with hydrochloric acid (1 M, 50 mL) and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 5%), to give the title compound (9.2 g, 73%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.68-7.64 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.70 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.07 (m, 3H), 3.93-3.89 (m, 3H), 3.83 (s, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.15 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (s, 1H), 2.78 (s, 1H), 2.56-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.21-2.12 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.55 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.3, 168.1, 154.6, 148.2, 137.4, 127.6, 111.4, 108.3, 68.3, 60.6, 56.7, 53.5, 51.7, 43.3, 38.0, 34.9, 30.3, 24.1, 19.7; MS (ES+): m/z=411 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.28 min.
To a solution of methyl (S)-4-(4-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy)butanoate (4) (9.20 g, 22.4 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) and ethyl acetate (10 mL) was added palladium on activated charcoal (10% wt. basis) (920 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 35 psi for 3 h in a Parr apparatus. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and the resulting cake was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (9.0 g, 90%) as a pink solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 6.69 (s, 1H), 6.27-6.18 (m, 1H), 4.03-3.94 (m, 3H), 3.94-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.81-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.56 (d, J=40.8 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (s, 1H), 2.51 (t, J=70.2 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (quin, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.68-1.59 (m, 4H), 1.55-1.40 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.6, 171.2, 150.3, 141.8, 141.1, 113.2, 112.3, 102.4, 67.5, 60.8, 60.4, 56.8, 51.6, 30.4, 25.8, 24.3, 21.0, 19.9, 14.2; MS (ES+): m/z=381 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=5.52 min.
To a solution of methyl (S)-4-(5-amino-4-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxyphenoxy)butanoate (5) (9.00 g, 23.7 mmol) and pyridine (4.40 mL, 54.4 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) at −10° C. was added dropwise a solution of allylchloroformate (2.60 mL, 24.8 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous solution of copper (II) sulfate (80 mL), water (80 mL) and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (80 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 1%), to give the title compound (5.17 g, 47%) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.30 (br s, 1H), 7.63 (br s, 1H), 6.76 (br s, 1H), 5.92 (ddt, J=17.2, 10.6, 5.4, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.37-5.28 (m, 1H), 5.20 (dq, J=10.4, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.56 (m, 2H), 4.06 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.94-3.82 (m, 1H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.40 (br s, 1H), 3.10-2.88 (m, 1H), 2.52 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.64 (br s, 4H), 1.56-1.31 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.5, 170.6, 153.9, 149.7, 144.8, 132.6, 130.1, 117.6, 116.9, 110.8, 107.1, 106.0, 67.7, 65.6, 60.7, 56.3, 53.5, 51.6, 43.1, 30.5, 25.7, 24.4, 19.7; MS (ES+): m/z=465 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.47 min.
To a solution of methyl (S)-4-(5-(((allyloxy)carbonyl)amino)-4-(2-(hydroxymethyl)-piperidine-1-carbonyl)-2-methoxyphenoxy)butanoate (6) (930 mg, 2.00 mmol) in dichloromethane (45 mL) was added 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidinyloxy (32 mg, 0.20 mmol) and (diacetoxyiodo)benzene (773 mg, 2.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, and was then sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium metabisulfite (20 mL), a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic layer was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 5%), to give the title compound (825 mg, 89%) as a cream solid, mixture of diastereomers. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.12, (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 5.87 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 5.81-5.65 (m, 1H), 5.08 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (dd, J=13.3 Hz, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (br s, 1H), 4.31-4.21 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.01 (ddd, J=3.9, 10.3, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.48 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.13-2.05 (m, 3H), 1.77-1.57 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.4, 169.0, 150.0, 148.9, 131.8, 125.2, 117.9, 113.5, 117.9, 113.5, 110.6, 82.3, 67.9, 66.7, 56.0, 55.4, 51.6, 38.6, 30.6, 30.3, 30.3, 24.2, 23.1, 22.9, 18.1; MS (ES+): m/z=463 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.30 min.
A mixture of allyl (6aS)-6-hydroxy-2-methoxy-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (7) (825 mg, 1.80 mmol), 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran (1.70 mL, 18.2 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (8.5 mg, 1% w/w) in ethyl acetate (12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 2%), to give the title compound (820 mg, 84%) as a cream solid, mixture of diastereomers. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (s, 0.6H), 7.02 (s, 0.4H), 6.74 (s, 0.4H), 6.48 (s, 0.6H), 6.07 (d, J=90.8 Hz, 0.6H), 5.9 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 0.4H), 5.70-5.62 (m, 1H), 5.01-4.92 (m, 3H), 4.55-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.13 (m, 1H), 3.96-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.00-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.24 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.05-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.43 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 173.2, 170.8, 169.2, 169.0, 149.3, 132.1, 131.9, 126.4, 126.0, 116.8, 114.4, 114.0, 110.6, 110.2, 100.0, 952.2, 87.9, 84.0, 67.8, 67.6, 66.3, 66.1, 63.8, 60.2, 55.9, 55.3, 51.4, 38.7, 30.9, 30.6, 30.2, 30.1, 25.2, 24.1, 23.1, 20.9, 20.8, 19.9, 19.6, 18.3, 18.1, 14.1 MS (ES+): m/z=547 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=7.70 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-methoxy-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetra-hydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]-diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (8) (770 mg, 1.40 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added a 1 M aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (10.0 mL, 5.00 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (20 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with an aqueous solution of acetic acid (5 M, 10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (700 mg, 93%) as a yellow oil, mixture of diastereomers. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 12.15 (br s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 0.6H), 7.01 (s, 0.4H), 6.86 (s, 0.6H), 6.78 (s, 0.4H), 6.01 (d, J=10.1, 0.6H), 5.92 (d, J=90.8, 0.4H), 5.83-5.69 (m, 1H), 5.11-4.96 (m, 3H), 4.64-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.02 (m, 1H), 400-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.54-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.83 (m, 1H), 2.36 (t, J=70.2 Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.41 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 174.5, 174.4, 168.5, 168.5, 150.1, 149.1, 133.1, 127.6, 126.3, 114.5, 110.7, 109.1, 99.7, 84.4, 68.0, 67.9, 56.2, 52.9, 38.5, 30.6, 30.3, 30.2, 25.4, 25.3, 23.1, 23.0, 18.3; MS (ES+): m/z=533 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.98 min.
To a stirring mixture of 5-aminopyridin-2(1H)-one (1.0 g, 9.1 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at 0° C. was added dropwise a solution di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.4 g, 10.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 h. It was then quenched with the addition of an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 1.5 mL) and stirred for further 1 h. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%), to give the title compound (307 mg, 16%) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.58 (br s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=2.3, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 182.4, 163.3, 154.4, 120.8, 119.9, 85.6, 28.3; MS (ES+): m/z=211 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=2.62 min.
To mixture of tert-butyl (6-oxo-1,6-dihydropyridin-3-yl)carbamate (10) (285 mg, 1.4 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was added 1,1,1-trifluoro-N-phenyl-N-((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)methanesulfonamide (1.1 g, 3.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 h. It was then quenched with the addition of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and further diluted with brine (100 mL). The aqueous mixture was washed with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL), and the organic layer was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with ethyl acetate/dichloromethane (from 0% to 20%), to give the title compound (469 mg, 98%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.33 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.50 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 150.3, 136.3, 134.6, 129.4, 126.9, 123.2, 28.1; MS (ES+): m/z=343 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.23 min.
To a solution of 5-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (11) (500 mg, 1.5 mmol) in dry dimethylformamide (8 mL) was added (5-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylthiophen-2-yl)boronic acid (322 mg, 1.6 mmol), triethylamine (296 mg, 2.9 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (84 mg, mol 5%). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 5 min and the reaction was irradiated with microwaves at 100° C. for 15 min. The mixture was diluted with brine (100 mL) and washed with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL) the organic layer was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 20%), to give the title compound (420 mg, 84%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.35 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.08 (br. s., 1H), 7.60 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 6.60 (br. s., 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (150.88 MHz, CDCl3) δ 163.4, 152.4, 147.8, 147.1, 146.3, 139.7, 134.7, 127.8, 126.7, 125.9, 119.5, 81.6, 51.7, 28.3, 16.2; MS (ES+): m/z=349 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.32 min
To a solution of methyl 5-(5-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (12) (340 mg, 0.98 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (1 mL) and methanol (1 mL) was added drop wise hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (256 mg, 1.07 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (355 mg, 2.91 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (465 mg, 2.43 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) and eluted with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (60 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (322 mg, 71%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz (CD3)2SO) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 9.26-9.06 (m, 1H), 8.87 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.31-8.16 (m, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.03 (br. s., 1H), 6.99 (br. s., 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.50-2.49 (m, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (150.88 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 163.0, 160.3, 153.3, 148.6, 147.2, 145.4, 141.7, 136.6, 128.7, 127.8, 126.2, 123.1, 122.5, 119.8, 119.0, 105.7, 78.9, 52.3, 36.7, 28.7, 16.4; MS (ES+): m/z=471 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.23 min.
Allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((5-((6-(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylthio-phen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (13)
To a solution of methyl 5-(5-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (13) (221.0 mg, 0.47 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was added drop wise hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-(((6aS)-5-((allyl-oxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanoic acid (9) (273.0 mg, 0.51 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (171.0 mg, 1.39 mmol) and N-(3-dimethyl-aminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (222 mg, 1.16 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (90 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%), to give the title compound (185 mg, 44%) as a brown oil (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 9.80 (t, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 8.76 (dd, J=2.0, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.22-8.14 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J=1.8, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.99-6.85 (m, 1H), 6.22-6.00 (m, 1H), 5.77 (dd, J=5.5, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 5.12-5.03 (m, 2H), 4.72-4.35 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.89 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.84 (s, 4H), 3.62-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.49-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.48 (m, 5H), 2.21-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.39 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 223.6, 223.0, 217.9, 211.6, 204.2, 199.8, 199.6, 194.3, 186.5, 183.7, 179.2, 173.0, 169.1, 164.6, 160.2, 155.6, 149.8, 149.3, 146.9, 133.0, 132.0, 127.7, 126.2, 122.7, 121.8, 120.1, 119.1, 118.8, 104.6, 65.3, 63.1, 55.9, 55.3, 51.7, 44.6, 38.9, 31.3, 30.5, 25.2, 22.9, 18.1; MS (ES+): m/z=885 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.33 min
To a solution of Allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((5-((6-(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (13) (180 mg, 0.20 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 6 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (80 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with an aqueous solution of acetic acid (5 M, 20 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×80 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the titled compound as mixture of diastereomers, cream solid. (170 mg, 97%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.76 (dd, J=2.1, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (ddd, J=2.3, 6.1, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.98-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.21-6.00 (m, 1H), 5.85-5.66 (m, 1H), 5.07 (d, J=16.4 Hz, 2H), 4.69-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.00 (m, 3H), 3.89 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 4H), 3.86 (s, 4H), 3.59-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.44 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (br s, 1H), 2.55-2.49 (m, 5H), 2.22-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.43 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 225.5, 214.3, 182.6, 178.5, 164.6, 161.9, 160.6, 149.5, 147.3, 146.4, 143.8, 143.2, 141.1, 135.5, 132.0, 128.1, 127.9, 125.8, 122.5, 122.0, 119.3, 118.3, 114.3, 111.6, 110.7, 105.5, 93.9, 68.1, 56.9, 55.2, 53.4, 48.4, 38.7, 35.7, 30.3, 25.1, 24.9, 24.6, 22.6, 17.8, 16.9, 14.8; MS (ES+): m/z=854 (M+H)+, 852 (M−H)−; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.92 min
A solution of 5-(5-(4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((Allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetra-hydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]-diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylic acid (14) (150.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) in N,N-dimethyl-formamide (4 mL) was added with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (63.0 mg, 0.52 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (83.0 mg, 0.43 mmol) and it was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, aniline (20.0 μL, 0.21 mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred for further 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (70 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%), to give the title compound (153.0 mg, 95%) as a brown oil (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.80 (dd, J=2.3, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (ddd, J=2.5, 6.6, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.09-7.05 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.86 (m, 2H), 6.21-6.00 (m, 1H), 5.76 (s, 1H), 5.08 (m, 2H), 4.59-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.91 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 4H), 3.88-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.50 (m, 1H), 3.45 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 1H), 2.55-2.51 (m, 5H), 2.20-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.78 (br s, 2H), 1.75-1.43 (m, 12H); MS (ES+): m/z=946 (M+H)+, 944 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=4.30 min
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-5-((6-(4-methyl-5-(phenyl-carbamoyl)thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo-[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (15) (120 mg, 0.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (4 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (7.3 mg, 5 mol %), and pyrrolidine (11 μL, 0.15 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and subjected to high vacuum for 40 min until excess pyrrolidine was removed. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%) to give the pure final compound (80 mg, 81%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.92 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (dd, J=2.5, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J=1.0, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.16-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.71-3.62 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 5H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.93-1.44 (m, 5H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 170.9, 169.4, 166.8, 161.7, 160.3, 147.6, 145.9, 145.4, 142.3, 141.6, 140.3, 139.4, 136.1, 132.2, 129.1, 128.0, 124.1, 122.7, 122.4, 121.1, 120.7, 119.4, 116.5, 111.8, 107.2, 65.3, 56.3, 54.6, 53.0, 49.7, 36.7, 25.2, 24.1, 23.0, 18.2, 16.0; MS (ES+): m/z=760 (M+H)+, 758 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=3.70 min; HRMS (EI, m/z): calculated for C41H42N8O6 (M+1)+ 760.2912, observed 760.2904.
To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.60 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) and water (36 mL) was added tert-butyl (4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)carbamate (1.8 mg, 5.06 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.7 g, 13.36 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (280 mg, mol 5%). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 5 min and the reaction was irradiated with microwaves at 100° C. for 6 min. The mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate (500 mL) and the resulting organic solution was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound (958 mg, 63%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.37-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.16 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 1.52 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 161.7, 136.5, 129.4, 127.1, 125.5, 123.6, 119.0, 115.6, 114.6, 60.4, 51.1, 36.9, 28.3; MS (ES+): m/z=330.9 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.22 min.
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (17) (950 mg, 2.88 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) and methanol (4 mL) was added drop wise hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (830 mg, 3.45 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (1.05 g, 8.64 mmol) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.38 g, 7.20 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) and eluted with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (150 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (860 mg, 66%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H) 7.49-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=2.0, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=1.8, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H) 1.50 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 161.7, 159.5, 136.0, 130.4, 126.0, 125.5, 123.5, 121.8, 120.3, 118.6, 114.6, 103.7, 51.1, 36.9, 36.7, 28.4; MS (ES+): m/z=453.1 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.07 min.
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (18) (440.0 mg, 0.97 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) was added drop wise hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanoic acid (9) (470.0 mg, 0.88 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (322.0 mg, 2.64 mmol) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (421.7 mg, 2.20 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (7 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (90 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (600 mg, 78%) as an orange solid (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.42 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.22-7.10 (m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 2H), 6.76 (br s, 1H), 6.02-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.74-5.68 (m, 1H), 5.38-5.25 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.05 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.11 (br s, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.88 (br s, 5H), 3.82 (s, 6H), 3.78 (br s, 2H), 3.62 (br s, 3H), 2.48-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.50 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 184.1, 169.7, 169.7, 169.6, 169.2, 168.0, 161.6, 159.9, 136.5, 130.0, 127.8, 127.6, 126.0, 125.2, 123.5, 122.9, 122.8, 121.8, 121.6, 121.6, 120.7, 120.6, 117.6, 114.6, 104.0, 56.0, 55.9, 51.1, 51.1, 36.9, 36.7, 30.9, 30.7, 25.1, 23.2; MS (ES+): m/z=867.4 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.17 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((5-((4-(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (19) (600 mg, 0.69 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 10 mL, 10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (100 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with an aqueous solution of acetic acid (5 M, 20 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (558 mg, 97%) as a cream solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.58-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.18 (s, 2H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 6.88 (br s, 2H), 6.17 (d, J=90.8 Hz, 1H), 5.78-5.74 (m, 1H), 4.66-4.38 (m, 3H), 4.26-4.12 (m, 1H), 4.06 (m, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.84 (br s, 4H), 3.67-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.44 (br s, 1H), 3.11-2.96 (m, 1H), 2.51 (t, J=70.30 Hz, 2H), 2.15-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.48 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 175.6, 172.2, 171.4, 164.6, 162.2, 152.1, 150.9, 137.8, 133.5, 132.1, 129.2, 127.6, 126.1, 125.0, 124.7, 124.6, 123.4, 122.4, 117.6, 115.8, 115.6, 106.4, 85.5, 69.5, 67.7, 56.6, 40.2, 37.3, 37.0, 31.8, 26.5, 26.4, 24.0, 21.0, 20.6, 19.1; MS (ES+): m/z=853 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.83 min.
A solution of 4-(4-(4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (20) (50.0 mg, 0.06 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was charged with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (34.5 mg, 0.18 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (28.7 mg, 0.15 mmol) and it was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, aniline (6.9 μg, 0.07 mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred for further 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and loaded with brine (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound (43.0 mg, 77%) as a cream solid, (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.66 (dd, J=8.7, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.27 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.09 (m, 1H), 6.93-6.84 (m, 2H), 6.21 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 6.01-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.17-4.97 (m, 2H), 4.64-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.04 (m, 3H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.87 (br s, 5H), 3.64-3.41 (m, 3H), 3.13-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.54 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.19-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.83-1.48 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 162.5, 162.2, 151.0, 140.0, 137.7, 133.5, 132.2, 129.8, 127.7, 126.8, 126.1, 125.0, 124.7, 124.6, 123.3, 122.4, 122.1, 115.7, 111.9, 106.4, 101.3, 85.6, 69.6, 69.5, 64.2, 63.2, 56.7, 40.2, 37.2, 37.0, 36.9, 31.8, 31.7, 30.7, 29.6, 26.6, 26.5, 24.2, 24.0, 20.6, 20.5, 19.1; MS (ES+): m/z=928 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.33 min.
To a solution of Allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-5-((4-(1-methyl-5-(phenyl-carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (21) (43 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (3 mg, 5 mol %), and pyrrolidine (5 μL, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture concentrated in vacuo and subjected to high vacuum for 40 min until excess pyrrolidine was removed. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%) to give the title compound (11.0 mg, 30%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2CO) δ 9.20 (s, 1H), 9.12 (s, 1H), 9.10 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.30 (m, 5H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.10-7.04 (m, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.70 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.10 (1H), 2.52 (t, J=70.2 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 3H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.56 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2CO) δ 159.8, 159.7, 139.6, 131.8, 137.5, 130.0, 128.5, 126.6, 125.1, 124.7, 123.2, 123.1, 122.7, 120.2, 119.7, 118.8, 111.8, 109.9, 104.2, 68.0, 56.8, 55.4, 49.6, 39.1, 36.1, 35.8, 32.2, 28.4, 25.0, 24.1, 22.9, 18.2, 18.0; MS (ES+): m/z=742 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.78 min; HRMS (EI, m/z): calculated for C42H43N7O6 (M+1)+ 742.3348, observed 742.3328.
To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.91 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 8 mL, 10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (80 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with an aqueous solution of acetic acid (5 M, 15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (190 mg, 93%) as a yellow solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.90 (br s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 3.66 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 175.7, 154.4, 137.6, 125.3, 34.1; MS (ES+): m/z=207 (M+H)+, 205 (M−H)−; LCMS (Method B): tR=1.80 min.
To a solution of 4-bromo-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (23) (190.0 mg, 0.92 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was charged with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (338.0 mg, 2.77 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (442.0 mg, 2.30 mmol) and it was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, aniline (90.2 μg, 1.01 mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred for further 20 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and loaded with brine (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound (60 mg, 23%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.05 (br s. 1H), 7.63 (d, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (t, J=70.6 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 4.08 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 155.8, 138.6, 137.2, 129.1, 125.3, 124.5, 119.8, 36.1; MS (ES+): m/z=280 (M+H)+, 205 (M−H)−; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.97 min.
To a solution of 4-bromo-1-methyl-N-phenyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamide (24) (60.0 mg, 0.21 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) and water (2 mL) was added tert-butyl (4-(dihydroxyamino)phenyl)carbamate (96.0 mg, 0.30 mmol), caesium carbonate (209 mg, 0.64 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (13 mg, mol 5%). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 5 min and the reaction was carried out in a microwave reactor at 100° C. for 2 h. The mixture was filtered through a celite pad. The pad was washed with ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the resulting organic solution was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (from 0% to 50%), to give the title compound (40 mg, 47%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.33 (br s, 1H), 7.74-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.44-7.33 (m, 4H), 7.22 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.61 (s, 1H), 4.10 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 157.2, 140.1, 138.6, 137.7, 137.6, 129.0, 125.7, 124.2, 121.4, 119.7, 119.6, 118.6, 80.6, 35.9, 28.3; MS (ES+): m/z=393 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.40 min
To a solution of tert-butyl (4-(1-methyl-2-(phenylcarbamoyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)carbamate (25) (40.0 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dioxane and methanol (1:1) (2 mL) was added drop wise hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (30.0 mg, 0.12 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (38.0 mg, 0.31 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (49.0 mg, 0.25 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature over 20 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and loaded with brine (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (43 mg, 82%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.75-7.67 (m, 4H), 7.58 (d, J=8.2 HZ, 2H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.13 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (br s, 1H), 6.85 (br s, 1H), 6.64 (br s, 1H), 6.45 (br s, 1H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 1.50 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 159.5, 157.0, 140.0, 137.6, 137.4, 129.0, 125.6, 124.3, 123.4, 121.9, 121.6, 120.1, 119.9, 119.8, 118.8, 110.4, 104.0, 36.7, 35.9, 28.4, 28.3; MS (ES+): m/z=515 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.33 min
To a solution of tert-butyl (1-methyl-5-((4-(1-methyl-2-(phenylcarbamoyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)carbamate (26) (41.5 mg, 0.10 mmol) in dioxane and methanol (1:1) was added drop wise (2 mL) hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanoic acid (9) (64.0 mg, 0.12 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (37.0 mg, 0.3 mmol) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (48.0 mg, 0.25 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was left to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (3 mL) and loaded with brine (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound (33 mg, 78%) as a brown viscous oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 3H), 7.68 (d, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (t, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.19-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.78 (br s, 1H), 6.18 (br s, 1H), 6.02-5.75 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.01 (m, 2H), 4.67-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.11 (s, 4H), 3.89-3.77 (m, 9H), 3.6.2 (br s, 3H), 3.12-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.52-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.19-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.46 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 188.2, 157.0, 148.3, 147.2, 138.8, 138.7, 138.6, 137.6, 135.1, 134.4, 132.0, 131.8, 129.2, 129.0, 127.6 125.4, 124.2, 122.3, 121.6, 121.4, 120.4, 119.8, 118.3, 115.2, 110.9, 107.9, 99.9, 89.8, 84.2, 68.8, 56.1, 54.2, 53.8, 53.4, 50.4, 42.6, 39.0, 36.8, 35.9, 31.0, 30.6, 29.2, 25.2, 22.9, 19.6, 18.1; MS (ES+): m/z=930 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.42 min
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-5-((4-(1-methyl-2-(phenylcarbamoyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (27) (30.0 mg, 0.03 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (1.9 mg, 5 mol %), and pyrrolidine (3.5 μL, 0.04 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture concentrated in vacuo and subjected to high vacuum for 40 min until excess pyrrolidine was removed. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%) to give the title compound (12 mg, 50%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.34 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=5.9 Hz, 1H), 7.76-7.71 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.66-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.36 (t, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 5H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.50 (t, J=6.83 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.02 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 169.9, 167.6, 163.5, 159.7, 157.0, 150.7, 148.0, 140.0, 139.9, 138.6, 137.6, 137.6, 129.0, 128.8, 125.5, 124.3, 123.2, 121.6, 121.5, 121.4, 120.3, 119.9, 119.8, 111.8, 110.4, 104.1, 68.1, 56.1, 49.7, 39.8, 36.7, 35.9, 33.0, 29.3, 24.5, 22.9, 18.3; MS (ES+): m/z=743 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.75 min; HRMS (EI, m/z): calculated for C41H42N8O6 (M+1)+ 743.3300, observed 743.3283.
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (17) (700 mg, 2.12 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane and methanol (1:1) was added drop wise (8 mL) hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (613.1 mg, 2.54 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (777.0 mg, 6.36 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.02 g, 5-30 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (8 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) and loaded with brine (130 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×60 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (580 mg, 60%) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.99 (br s, 1H), 7.90 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (br s, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 1.44 (br s, 9H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 171.1, 161.6, 156.4, 136.8, 135.6, 130.5, 126.0, 125.4, 123.5, 123.0, 120.0, 114.6, 112.7, 80.8, 51.1, 36.9, 35.8, 28.2; MS (ES+): m/z=454 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.28 min.
To a solution of methyl 4-(4-(4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamido)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate (29) (77.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) in dioxane and methanol (1:1) was added drop wise (2 mL) hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane) (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanoic acid (9) (75.5 mg, 0.14 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (52.0 mg, 0.42 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (67.6 mg, 0.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was allowed to react at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (5 mL) and loaded with brine (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 30%), to give the title compound (97.4 mg, 66%) as a yellow oil (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.61 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 6.18 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 0.7H), 6.00 (d, J=9.8 Hz, 0.3H), 5.84-5.65 (m, 1H), 5.12-4.99 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.44 (m, 2H), 4.27 (br.s., 1H), 4.14-4.05 (m, 6H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.82 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.59 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.27-2.21 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.51 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 180.4, 162.9, 161.6, 1565, 149.4, 135.6, 132.0, 130.7, 126.0, 125.6, 123.5, 123.1, 120.0, 114.6, 112.5, 101.6, 97.4, 84.2, 76.7, 68.0, 64.2, 56.1, 55.5, 51.1, 38.8, 36.9, 35.8, 30.7, 25.2, 23.2, 22.9, 19.6, 18.1, 14.2; MS (ES+): m/z=868 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.05 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((2-((4-(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (30) (158.0 mg, 0.18 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (6 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 6 mL, 6 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (60 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=4 with an aqueous solution of acetic acid (5 M, 5 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (100.0 mg, 64%) as a cream solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2CO) δ 7.66 (d, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (br s, 1H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 7.11 (s, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 0.7H), 6.03 (d, J=90.8 Hz, 0.3H), 5.80 (br s, 1H), 5.15-5.03 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.43 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.08 (m, 4H), 4.02-3.90 (m, 6H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.42 (br s, 1H), 3.02-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.66-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.45 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2CO) δ 161-5, 154.9, 149.4, 132.7, 126.5, 126.3, 125.8, 125.1, 124.9, 119.8, 119.5, 116.3, 114.5, 114.2, 110.6, 104.2, 68.2, 65.8, 64.9, 55.4, 55.2, 38.4, 36.1, 34.9, 30.6, 26.9, 25.3, 24.5, 23.0, 19.4, 18.2; MS (ES+): m/z=854 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.97 min.
A solution of 4-(4-(4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamido)phenyl)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid (31) (70.0 mg, 0.08 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was charged with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (30.0 mg, 0.25 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (39.0 mg, 0.20 mmol) and it was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, aniline (8.8 μg, 0.10 mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred for further 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (10 mL) and loaded with brine (40 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound (52 mg, 69%) as a yellow oil (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.63-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.33 (t, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.18-7.14 (m, 3H), 7.13-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (br s, 1H), 6.19 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 0.7H), 6.07-5.96 (m, 0.3H), 5.74 (br s, 1H), 5.12-5.01 (m, 2H), 4.66-4.47 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.82 (br s, 1H), 3.68-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.65-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.49 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 183.0, 181.8, 169.6, 162.5, 159.9, 148.3, 138.2, 137.8, 135.8, 132.8, 132.0, 129.7, 129.0, 128.9, 128.0, 126.6, 125.4, 125.3, 125.2, 124.0, 123.5, 120.2, 120.0, 114.5, 111.8, 111.7, 110.7, 109.5, 103.9, 97.1, 81.7, 69.8, 56.0, 52.0, 38.9, 37.0, 36.5, 31.4, 30.7, 27.5, 25.2, 22.9, 21.4, 19.7, 18.1; MS (ES+): m/z=929 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=4.33 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-2-((4-(1-methyl-5-(phenylcarbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)phenyl)carbamoyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (32) (50.0 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (3.1 mg, 5 mol %), and pyrrolidine (4.5 μL, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture concentrated in vacuo and subjected to high vacuum for 40 min until excess pyrrolidine was removed. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%) to give the title compound (25 mg, 62%) as a cream solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 10.40 (s, 1H), 9.82 (s, 2H), 7.89 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 3H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.31 (t, J=70.8 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.07-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.78 (s, 1H), 4.13-3.99 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.68-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.51 (br s, 2H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.88-1.50 (m, 5H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 167.3, 165.1, 157.2, 153.9, 151.6, 147.6, 140.1, 139.8, 136.6, 136.5, 134.7, 134.2, 130.7, 129.0, 126.7, 126.0, 125.1, 123.5, 122.2, 120.7, 120.4, 115.0, 111.0, 90.7, 86.9, 79.2, 72.6, 56.3, 49.0, 40.6, 40.4, 40.2, 40.0, 39.8, 39.5, 39.3, 36.9, 36.7, 35.7, 35.5, 31.9, 25.0; MS (ES+): m/z=743 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method B): tR=3.78 min; HRMS (EI, m/z): calculated for C41H42N8O6 (M+1)+ 743.3300, observed 743.3291.
A solution of 5-(5-(4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((Allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamido)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylic acid (14) (95.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (4 mL) was added with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (40.0 mg, 0.33 mmol) and N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (52.7 mg, 0.27 mmol) and it was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, N-(4-aminophenyl)-2,2,2-trifluoroacetamide (27.0 mg, 0.13 mmol) was then added and the solution was stirred for further 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (8 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (60 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%), to give the title compound (55.0 mg, 47%) as a brown oil (mixture of diastereomers). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.35 (br. s., 1H), 7.99 (s, 2H), 7.79-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.12-6.93 (m, 2H), 6.59 (br. s., 2H), 6.05-5.81 (m, 1H), 5.68 (br. s., 1H), 5.10-4.90 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.17 (m, 4H), 4.01 (br. s., 2H), 3.84 (br. s., 5H), 3.68-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.17-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.48 (br. s., 3H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.48 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3); δ 169.6, 169.4, 169.2, 162.6, 161.2, 156.0, 155.7, 150.4, 145.1, 143.6, 135.7, 132.1, 131.9, 129.0, 127.9, 127.7, 127.6, 122.3, 121.8, 120.7, 118.9, 115.3, 110.8, 100.9, 100.3, 95.3, 88.4, 88.1, 56.0, 55.3, 53.4, 38.6, 36.5, 31.4, 30.6, 25.2, 25.1, 23.2, 23.0, 20.0, 19.6, 18.3, 18.1, 16.1; MS (ES+): m/z=1058 (M+H)+, 1056 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=4.22 min
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-5-((6-(4-methyl-5-((4-(2,2,2-trifluoroacetamido)phenyl)carbamoyl)thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (34) (32.0 mg, 0.03 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 3 mL, 3 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 23 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which brine (40 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×40 mL). The combined organic extracts were filtered and concentrated to give the title compound (18.0 mg, 62%) as a cream solid. The product was carried through to the next step without any further purification (mixture of diastereomers).
1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO) δ 10.17 (s, 1H), 10.02 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 9.59 (s, 1H), 8.88 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.20 (m, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J=3.6, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=60.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55-6.51 (m, 2H), 5.97 (dd, J=56.8, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 5.86-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.10-4.94 (m, 3H), 4.64-4.34 (m, 4H), 4.15-3.95 (m, 4H), 3.84 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 3H), 3.81 (t, J=3.7 Hz, 3H), 3.78-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.51 (dd, J=14.9, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.44 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 5H), 2.07-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.34 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 169.0, 168.1, 160.5, 159.9, 148.7, 145.6, 145.3, 144.3, 141.2, 140.8, 135.5, 132.7, 132.5, 127.9, 127.7, 127.6, 122.3, 122.2, 122.0, 119.5, 118.8, 116.5, 114.0, 113.6, 110.4, 105.5, 99.2, 94.2, 83.4, 68.1, 67.8, 65.5, 56.0, 55.7, 54.9, 48.6, 39.5, 38.2, 38.1, 36.3, 31.8, 31.7, 30.2, 24.9, 24.8, 24.5, 22.6, 22.6, 18.5, 17.9, 17.8, 15.5; MS (ES+): m/z=962 (M+H)+, 959 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=3.57 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-5-((6-(4-methyl-5-(phenylcarbamoyl)thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1H-pyrrol-3-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (35) (48.0 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (6.0 mg, 10 mol %), and pyrrolidine (8.2 μL, 0.10 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and subjected to high vacuum for 40 min until excess pyrrolidine was removed. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%) to give the pure final compound (29 mg, 75%) as a yellow solid.
1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 10.11 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 8.86 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (dd, J=2.2, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.56-6.51 (m, 3H), 4.92 (br. s., 2H), 4.14-4.01 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.92 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 3H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.17 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 2.46-2.43 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.52 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 169.5, 169.4, 166.8, 165.2, 161.0, 160.3, 146.1, 145.7, 14.8, 141.6, 141.3, 136.0, 133.0, 128.4, 128.2, 128.1, 122.8, 122.6, 122.5, 120.0, 119.3, 114.1, 111.9, 110.0, 106.8, 106.0, 68.1, 56.3, 54.1, 49.1, 36.7, 32.3, 25.0, 23.7, 23.0, 19.3, 16.0; MS (ES+): m/z=775 (M+H)+, 774 (M−H)− LCMS (Method A): tR=5.68 min
A solution of (S)—N-(6-(5-((4-aminophenyl)carbamoyl)-4-methylthiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-4-(4-((2-methoxy-12-oxo-6a,7,8,9,10,12-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (36) (15.0 mg, 0.02 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) and methanol (1 mL) was added with ethyl 2-ethoxyquinoline-1(2H)-carboxylate (9.5 mg, 0.04 mmol) and it was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 10%), to give the title compound (7.5 mg, 35%) as a cream solid.
1H NMR (600 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 10.12 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 2H), 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J=2.3, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 2H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.39 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J=7.0, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.99 (m, 3H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.42 (s, 5H), 2.07-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.44 (m, 5H), 1.31 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.23-1.16 (m, 4H), 0.89-0.82 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 172.8, 171.5, 171.4, 171.3, 169.4, 166.8, 165.2, 161.4, 160.3, 150.7, 147.6, 145.9, 145.3, 142.2, 141.6, 140.3, 134.9, 132.2, 128.2, 122.8, 122.5, 121.1, 120.0, 119.8, 119.4, 111.9, 109.9, 106.0, 70.3, 58.1, 56.1, 55.4, 49.1, 37.5, 36.8, 35.4, 31.1, 30.8, 28.2, 26.3, 25.4, 24.2, 23.0, 19.7, 18.6, 18.5, 18.2, 16.1; MS (ES+): m/z=1139 (M+H)+, 1137 (M−H)− LCMS (Method A): tR=6.78 min.
A solution of ammonium formate (8 mg, 0.132 mmol) in water (200 μL) was added to a mixture of (S)-4-(4-((2-methoxy-12-oxo-6a,7,8,9,10,12-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-N-(6-(4-methyl-5-(phenylcarbamoyl)thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-1H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (20 mg, 0.026 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and palladium on carbon (2 mg, 10% w/w) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h and then filtered through celite and the resulting filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (40 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 00% to 20%) to give the title compound (6 mg, 30%) as a cream solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 10.13 (s, 1H), 10.00 (s, 1H), 9.94 (s, 1H), 8.87 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J=9.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.34 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J=12.7, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 5.95 (s, 1H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1H), 3.95 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.07 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.40 (m, 5H), 2.08-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.43 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, (CD3)2SO) δ 169.2, 167.4, 162.3, 161.2, 159.8, 154.9, 151.3, 150.3, 147.0, 145.4, 145.0, 141.9, 141.2, 135.7, 128.6, 124.5, 122.3, 122.0, 121.5, 120.9, 120.3, 119.5, 116.1, 111.0, 105.3, 101.3, 67.3, 58.7, 55.9, 51.5, 39.5, 36.3, 33.1, 31.9, 29.2, 22.6, 21.9, 20.7, 15.6; MS (ES+/−): m/z=763 (M+H)+, 761 (M−H)− LCMS (Method A): tR=7.18 min
A solution of 4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanoic acid (340 mg, 0.640 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was charged with 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (222 mg, 1.20 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (177 mg, 1.40 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ethyl 4-amino-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylate hydrochloride (120 mg, 0.580 mmol) was then added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. This was then poured onto ice-water (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts were sequentially washed with an aqueous solution of citric acid (1 M, 60 mL), a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (70 mL), water (70 mL) and brine (70 mL). The organic layer was then dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (350 mg, 80%) as a yellow oil. The product was employed in the next step without any further purification. MS (ES+): m/z=684 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=7.35 min.
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-3-(4-((2-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (350 mg, 0.460 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (0.5 M, 10 mL, 5.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (20 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to approximately pH=5 with an aqueous solution of citric acid (1 M, 10 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts were then washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was triturated in hexane, filtered and dried to give the title compound (220 mg, 74%) as a beige solid. The product was employed in the next step without any further purification.
MS (ES+): m/z=656 (M+H)+; LCMS (Method A): tR=6.53 min.
To a solution of methyl 5-(5-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.215 mmol) in methanol (3 mL), hydrochloric acid (4 M in 1,4-dioxane 3 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was added to a mixture of 4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxylic acid (159 mg, 0.242 mmol), N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (111 mg, 0.906 mmol) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (145 mg, 0.755 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) which was previously stirred for 30 min. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 mL) and washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (50 mL). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound as a brown oil. (98 mg, 51%)
(ES+/−): m/z=887 (M+H)+, 885 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=4.35 min
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((2-((6-(5-(methoxycarbonyl)-4-methylthiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (98 mg, 0.112 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was added an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 M, 3 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h and was then concentrated in vacuo, after which water (100 mL) was added and the aqueous layer was acidified to pH=5 with acetic acid. The aqueous layer was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated to give the title compound as a cream solid, mixture of diastereomers. (52 mg, 53%) (ES+/−): m/z=873 (M+H)+, 871 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=3.88 min
A solution of 5-(5-(4-(4-(((6aS)-5-((allyloxy)carbonyl)-2-methoxy-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-5,6,6a,7,8,9,10,12-octahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-3-yl)oxy)butanamido)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-2-carboxamido)pyridin-2-yl)-3-methylthiophene-2-carboxylic acid (50 mg, 0.057 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) was charged with N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (21 mg, 0.172 mmol) and N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (27 mg, 0.142 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. To the reaction mixture, aniline (7.8 μL, 0.085 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for a further 18 h, and then diluted with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (50 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with acetone/dichloromethane (from 0% to 40%), to give the title compound as a cream solid, mixture of diastereomers. (24 mg, 44%)
(ES+/−): m/z=948 (M+H)+, 946 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=4.28 min
To a solution of allyl (6aS)-2-methoxy-3-(4-((1-methyl-2-((6-(4-methyl-5-(phenylcarbamoyl)thiophen-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl)carbamoyl)-1H-imidazol-4-yl)amino)-4-oxobutoxy)-12-oxo-6-((tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl)oxy)-6,6a,7,8,9,10-hexahydrobenzo[e]pyrido[1,2-a][1,4]diazepine-5(12H)-carboxylate (24 mg, 0.025 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was sequentially added tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (3.0 mg, 10 mol %), and pyrrolidine (4.1 μL, 0.50 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and was then concentrated in vacuo before subjecting to strong vacuum for 40 min. The resulting residue was then purified by column chromatography (silica), eluting with methanol/dichloromethane (from 0% to 15%) to give the pure final compound (8 mg, 42%) as a cream solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.59 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (dd, J=8.7, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 4.25-4.09 (m, 3H), 4.05 (d, J=3.7 Hz, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.74 (dd, J=9.9, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.26-3.19 (m, 1H), 2.64 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.32-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.10-1.76 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3) δ 169.9, 167.6, 163.4, 161.2, 156.9, 150.6, 148.2, 147.1, 144.4, 140.8, 140.1, 138.0, 136.2, 133.9, 130.9, 129.2, 128.6, 128.0, 127.1, 124.6, 121.7, 120.3, 119.3, 112.1, 111.9, 110.5, 107.1, 67.9, 56.2, 49.8, 39.9, 36.0, 33.1, 24.9, 24.7, 23.1, 18.5, 16.2; MS (ES+/−): m/z=762 (M+H)+, 759 (M−H)− LCMS (Method B): tR=3.72 min
Biological and Biophysical Characterisation of Free Payloads
In Vitro Cytotoxicity
The in vitro cytotoxicity of compounds 16 and 22 were evaluated in a panel of cell lines using the standard MTT assay for a 72 hour incubation period (Table 2). Free payloads produced cytotoxicities in the nanomolar to picomolar range.
Biophysical Characterisation
DNA Footprinting
The DNA sequence selectivity profile of 16 was investigated using a modification of the previously established DNA footprinting assay [18]. Following an overnight incubation of the ligand-DNA complexes, the mixture was mixed with strand separation buffer containing 10 mM EDTA, 10 mM NaOH, 0.1% bromophenol blue, 80% formamide and incubated at 100° C. for 3 min. The mixture was then immediately cooled on ice and run on an 8% denaturing gel. Examination of the obtained gel (FIG. 2) shows footprints produced by the molecules on the random MS1 DNA sequence. Interestingly, although the MS1 DNA fragment contains multiple potential binding sites for 16 (i.e., multiple examples of potential G-alkylating sites), only two preferred sites were observed during this experiment. This is in contrast to control molecules (FIG. 2), where indiscriminate binding to the DNA sequence can be observed. Interestingly, 28 and 33 both contain hydrogen bond acceptor groups (i.e., ring nitrogens) that would be expected to induce GC-interactivity, but these compounds have a similar promiscuous binding pattern. Although the population of preferred DNA binding sites of 16 is shared with both 28 and 33, there is evidence to suggest that 16 binds in a more sequence-specific manner. Molecular modelling studies suggest that the occupation of the molecule in the DNA minor groove is facilitated by sequence-interactive H-bonds and non-covalent interactions guide the payload it to a preferred binding site with a likely span of eight base-pairs.
In the case of the first DNA footprint (i.e., 5′-CAATTAGGGCGTG), two drug-DNA adducts are likely present. The first drug-DNA adduct is 5′-CAATTAG-3′, with the PDD moiety alkylating at either the guanine on the opposing strand to the cytosine residue, or the guanine on the top strand, with the polyamide unit forming van der Waals interactions with the adenine/thymine tract. The second drug-DNA adduct is likely 5′-GGGCGTG-3′. Molecular dynamics simulations (see FIG. 3) suggest that G8, underlined, (5′-CAATTAGGGCGTG) is the favourable guanine for nucleophilic attack with the remainder of the molecule lying snugly in the DNA minor groove. Interestingly, the sigma hole effect is evident in the fact that ring nitrogen of the pyridine forms a sequence selective H-bond with G11, and the adjoining thiophene group forms extensive interactions with the A-T base-pair below.
Transcription Factor Plate Array Assay and Cytotoxicity Studies
A transcription factor plate array assay experiment was undertaken to establish which transcription factors are down-regulated through the alkylation of DNA by 16. The study showed that the major transcription factors down-regulated were HIF1 (hypoxia-inducible factor 1), NF-1 (Neurofibromatosis type 1), FOXG1 and NF-κB (see bar graphs in FIG. 4).
The preferred binding site of 16 contains a guanine near or at the terminal end (for alkylation), along with a guanine positioned three to four bases away from the alkylated guanine to promote interaction with the sigma hole component (i.e., XRXXRRXX, where R is preferably a G or C, and X is any base). In the case of the transcription factor HIF1 (consensus site RCGTG), there is an obvious correlation between the DNA footprint derived and the consensus sequence (5′-CAATTAGGGCGTGA-3′, where the binding site is indicated in bold and consensus sequence for HIF1 is shown in bold, italics and underlined). In vitro cytotoxicity studies were undertaken on cell-lines that overexpress HIF1, and results show that 16 is a potent inhibitor of cell-lines overexpressing HIF1, with cytotoxicities of 0.261 nM (U138-MG) and 0.029 nM (A431) observed, compared to 1.62 nM (U138-MG) and 0.055 nM (A431) for a control molecule 22 that does not contain the sigma hole component.
Interestingly, in the HIF1 negative cell-line LIM1215, the control molecule is two-fold more potent than 16, suggesting the increase in activity of 16 over the control molecule 22 in HIF1-positive cell-lines is due to its ability to target the HIF1 consensus sequence. HIF1 is involved in the body's response to hypoxia, and is implicated in many difficult-to-treat tumours, including glioblastomas. FOXG1 is a transcription factor that is also relevant to the development of glioblastomas, and the downregulation of this TF by 16 is an added advantage of the payload.
Conjugation of 37 to Trastuzumab (Forming ADC1)
Compound 37 was conjugated to Trastuzumab (targeted to HER2) in a stochastic manner, forming an ADC with average DAR of 1.6. The HIC profile of Trastuzumab-37 is shown in FIG. 5. Average DAR calculated as 1.6 with the DAR species assigned starting with DAR 0.
The conjugation process caused a slightly elevated level of dimer (i.e., 21.3%) in the case of Trastuzumab-37, most likely caused by aggregation induced by the formation of intermolecular bonds between payload components of two separate ADC molecules.
Free toxin linker traces of the Trastuzumab-37 sample are shown in FIG. 7. A limited amount of free toxin linker could be detected in the ADC trace. Red: 5 pmol 37. Blue: Trastuzumab-37 after protein precipitation; the identified peaks show residual proteinaceous material. <2% free toxin-linker (i.e., 37) could be detected in the ADC sample.
In vivo efficacy studies were conducted using the following methodology.
In Vivo Efficacy Studies Methodology
Capan-1 cells (1×107 1:1 with Matrigel) were implanted onto the flank of male NOD SCID mice using a 23-gauge needle. Once tumours reached approximately 150 mm3 (or slightly larger) and when tumours were solid to the touch, the mice were randomly assigned to the relevant treatment groups. Six mice were treated per cohort, and treatments were only administered on a single dose basis.
In Vivo Efficacy Studies Results
The result of the in vivo efficacy studies suggest potent efficacy of Trastuzumab-37 in a HER2++ CAPAN-1 (pancreatic cancer) tumour using a single dose of 2 mg/kg. The results are shown in FIG. 8 and show a reduction in tumour volume with time compared to the control. Circle markers indicate the treatment group results and diamond markers indicate results for the control.
Methodology
Biophysical Characterisation Methodology
Material
DNA Fragments and Footprinting
Methods for the preparation of the “MS1” DNA fragment (FIG. 2) have been previously described[19]. Briefly, the sequence which had been cloned into the BamHI site of pUC18 was obtained by cutting with HindIII and EcoRI. Radiolabelled DNA fragments were prepared by filling in the 3′-end of the HindIII site with [α-32P]dATP using Klenow DNA polymerase (exo-).
The radiolabelled DNA fragment was separated from the remainder of the plasmid DNA on a 6% non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel. The gel (20 cm long, 0.3 mm thick) was run at 400 V in 1×TBE running buffer for about 1-2h, until the bromophenol blue had run most of the way down the gel. The glass plates were separated and the position of the labelled DNA fragment was established by short (1 min) exposure to an X-ray film. The relevant band was then cut from the gel and the radiolabelled DNA eluted by adding 300 μL 10 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.5 containing 0.1 mM EDTA and gently agitating overnight at room temperature. The eluted DNA was finally precipitated with ethanol and re-suspended in a suitable volume of 10 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.5 containing 0.1 mM EDTA buffer so as to give at least 10 counts per second/μL on a hand-held Geiger counter. With fresh plasmid and α-32P-dATP this process typically generated about 150 μL of radiolabelled fragment DNA. The absolute concentration of the DNA is not important, and it is typically lower than 10 nM.
Footprinting reactions were performed as previously described[20] using the “MS1” DNA fragment, which represents a random DNA sequence. The DNA fragments were obtained by cutting the parent plasmids with HindIII and SacI or EcoRI and PstI, and were labelled at the 3′-end of the HindIII or EcoRI sites with [α-32P]dATP using reverse transcriptase or exo-Klenow fragment. After gel purification, the radiolabelled DNA was dissolved in 10 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5 containing 0.1 mM EDTA, at a concentration of about 10 c.p.s per μL as determined on a hand held Geiger counter. 1.5 μL of radiolabelled DNA was mixed with 1.5 μL ligand that had been freshly diluted in 10 mM Tris HCl pH 7.5, containing 10 mM NaCl. The complexes were left to equilibrate for at least 12 hours before digesting with 2 μL DNase I (final concentration about 0.01 units/mL). The reactions were stopped after 1 minute by adding 4 μL of formamide containing 10 mM EDTA and bromophenol blue (0.1% w/v). The samples were then heated at 100° C. for 3 minutes before loading onto 8% denaturing polyacrylamide gels containing 8 M urea. Gels were fixed in 10% acetic acid, transferred to 3 MM paper, dried and exposed to a phosphor screen overnight, before analysing with a Typhoon phosphorimager.
Compounds
Stock solution was prepared by dissolving compounds in DMSO to give a concentration of 10 mM. From this stock solution, working solutions of the desired concentration were prepared by diluting with 10 mM Tris HCl, pH 7.5 containing 10 mM NaCl.
MTT Cytotoxicity
Methodology
Tumor cell lines were maintained in RPMI1640 medium supplemented with 10% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum, 2 mM L-glutamine and 1 mM sodium pyruvate. 1800 cells per well were seeded in a volume of 180 μl in a 96-well flat bottom polystyrene plate. The cells were allowed to adhere overnight at 37° C. in a CO2 incubator. Ligands were initially formulated in DMSO, and stocks stored at −80° C. They were then further formulated at lox concentration in RPMI1640 medium. 20 ul of diluted samples were added into each treatment well. On each plate, blank wells with no cells, and untreated wells containing cells, were included. Plates were then cultured at 37° C. in a CO2 incubator for 72 hrs. Cytotoxicity was evaluated using a tetrazolium salt-based assay, the MTT assay. After 72 hours, the supernatant was removed from each well and 200 μl of a sterile filtered 500 μg/ml MTT solution in water added to each well. The plates were then incubated at 37° C. in a CO2 incubator for 4 hrs. The supernatant was then removed and the formazan crystals formed solubilized by adding 150 μl of DMSO to each well. The plate was then read on a plate reader at 540 nm, and percentage cell survival calculated as follows: ((mean absorbance treated wells at concentration x−mean absorbance blank wells)÷(mean absorbance untreated wells at concentration x−mean absorbance blank wells))×100. Data were plotted as concentration in nM vs. % cell survival in Microsoft Excel, and IC50 values (concentration where cell survival is reduced by a half) were determined from the graph.
Transcription Factor Plate Array Assay
The transcription factor plate array assay kit was obtained from Signosis Inc (USA). Briefly, 2×106 HeLa cells were treated with 100 nM 16 and incubated for 6 hours before extracting the nuclear protein and carrying out the TF plate array assay. The assay was carried out following the manufacturer's protocol. In the case of each transcription factor, the RLU value obtained for the cells treated with 16 was deducted from the respective values obtained for the untreated cells to obtain the differences in TF activation/inhibition.
Conjugation Methodology: Trastuzumab
The interchain disulfides of the antibody (Trastuzumab, formulated at pH 7-8 2 mM EDTA), were partially reduced with a mild reductant, (e.g., TCEP), for 90-180 minutes. The extent of reduction is normally controlled to achieve a specified drug-to-antibody ratio (DAR). The reduced antibody was then diluted with PBS 2 mM EDTA to 2 mg/mL. The linker payload 37 was dissolved in a compatible organic solvent (i.e., DMSO), and conjugation to the antibody was achieved through addition of an excess of the payload to a 1:1 mixture of the reduced antibody and propylene glycol, at a final protein concentration of 1 mg/ml. The antibody and the payload were conjugated for 1 hr to form the Trastuzumab-37 antibody drug conjugate, and the reaction was then quenched with an excess of N-acetyl maleimide. The ADC was further diluted 1:1 with PBS 3% cyclodextrin, and then bound to a resin. The resin-bound ADC was washed with PBS 3% cyclodextrin to remove excess small-molecule impurities, then released from the resin. The ADC was formulated through G25 desalting into PBS 3% cyclodextrin, and 0.2 μm filtered prior to aliquoting and storage at −80° C.
All publications mentioned in the above specification are herein incorporated by reference. Although illustrative embodiments of the invention have been disclosed in detail herein, with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is understood that the invention is not limited to the precise embodiment and that various changes and modifications can be effected therein by one skilled in the art without departing from the scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims and their equivalents. The disclosures of the published documents referred to herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
| Number | Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2011653.9 | Jul 2020 | GB | national |
| Filing Document | Filing Date | Country | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/GB2021/051936 | 7/28/2021 | WO |
